Tricyclic compound of the general formula I: ##STR1## as defined herein which exhibit antagonist activity at V1 and/or V2 receptors and exhibit in vivo vasopressin antagonist activity, methods for using such compounds in treating diseases characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water, and process for preparing such compounds.
|
16. A compound selected from those of the formula: ##STR497## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is a moiety selected from ##STR498## and the moiety: ##STR499## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino;
the moiety: ##STR500## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, E and F are selected from carbon and nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --COCCl3, --COCF3, ##STR501## --CHO, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino, CONH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and --CON[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2 ; q is one or two; Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; Re is selected from H, lower alkyl (C1 -C4), hydroxyethyl, --CH2 CO2 R50 or --CH2 C(CH2 OH)3 ; R50 is H or lower alkyl(C1 -C4); R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR502## wherein Ar is the moiety: ##STR503## R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen; R14 is selected from: ##STR504## q is 1 or 2; n is 0 or 1; Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR505## --NH--(CH2)p --NHlower alkyl(C1 -C3), --NH--(CH2)p --N[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, ##STR506## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts forms thereof. 7. A compound selected from those of the formula: ##STR470## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is a moiety selected from ##STR471## and the moiety: ##STR472## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; the moiety: ##STR473## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, E and F are selected from carbon and nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from: ##STR474## q is one or two; Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ;
Re is hydroxyethyl, --CH2 CO2 R50, or --CH2 C(CH2 OH)3 ; R50 is H or lower alkyl(C1 -C4); R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR475## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR476## R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen; R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: ##STR477## ##STR478## lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR479## lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR480## lower alkyl (C1 -C8), ##STR481## lower alkenyl (C1 -C8), ##STR482## lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, or ##STR483## lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched; wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR484## --(CH2)q --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3) and --CH2 CH2 OH; q is one or two; R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; or (b) moieties of the formula: ##STR485## wherein R7 is selected from lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl(C3 -C6), ##STR486## wherein p is one to five; X is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined; or (c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR487## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR488## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR489## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; or (d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR490## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), OH, ##STR491## and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined wherein Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR492## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR493## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and; R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R14 is ##STR494## q is 1 or 2; n is 0 or 1; Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R'hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR495## ##STR496## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts forms thereof.
1. A compound selected from those of the formula: ##STR449## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is a moiety selected from ##STR450## and the moiety: ##STR451## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; the moiety: ##STR452## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, E and F are selected from carbon and nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --COCCl3, --COCF3, ##STR453## --CHO, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino, CONH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and --CON[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2 ;
q is one or two; Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; Re is H, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), hydroxyethyl, --CH2 CO2 R50, --CH2 C(CH2 OH)3 ; R50 is H or lower alkyl(C1 -C4); R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR454## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR455## R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R1 is hydroxy; R2 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen; R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: ##STR456## wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR457## --(CH2)q--O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3) or --CH2 CH2 OH; q is one or two; R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; or (b) moieties of the formula: ##STR458## wherein R7 is lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl(C3 -C6), ##STR459## wherein p is one to five; X is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined; or (c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR460## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR461## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR462## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; or (d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR463## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl (C1 -C3), OH, ##STR464## and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined wherein Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR465## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR466## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and; R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R14 is selected from: --O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, ##STR467## --NH lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, ##STR468## q is 1 or 2; n is 0 or 1; Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR469## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. A pharmaceutical composition useful for treating disease in a mammal characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water the pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of
3. The pharmaceutical composition of
4. A method for treating disease in a mammal characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water, the method comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of
5. The method of
6. The compound according to
8. A pharmaceutical composition useful for treating disease in a mammal characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water, the pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of
9. The pharmaceutical composition of
10. A method for treating disease in a mammal characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water, the method comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of
11. The method of
12. The compound according to
13. The compound according to
14. The compound according to
15. The compound according to
17. A pharmaceutical composition useful for treating disease in a mammal characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water, the pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of
18. The pharmaceutical composition of
19. A method for treating disease in a mammal characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water, the method comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of
20. The method of
21. The compound according to
22. The compound according to
23. The compound according to
24. The compound according to
25. The compound according to
26. The compound according to
27. The compound according to
28. The compound according to
29. The compound according to
30. The compound according to
31. The compound according to
32. The compound according to
33. A pharmaceutical composition useful for treating disease in a mammal characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water, the pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of
34. The pharmaceutical composition of
35. A method for treating disease in a mammal characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water, the method comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of
36. The method of
|
This case is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 08/373,132, filed Jan. 17, 1995 U.S. Pat. No. 5,536,718.
This invention relates to new tricyclic non-peptide vasopressin antagonists which are useful in treating conditions where decreased vasopressin levels are desired, such as in congestive heart failure, in disease conditions with excess renal water reabsorption and in conditions with increased vascular resistance and coronary vasoconstriction.
Vasopressin is released from the posterior pituitary either in response to increased plasma osmolarity detected by brain osmoreceptors or decreased blood volume and blood pressure sensed by low-pressure volume receptors and arterial baroreceptors. The hormone exerts its action through two well defined receptor subtypes: vascular V1 and renal epithelial V2 receptors. Vasopressin-induced antidiuresis, mediated by renal epithelial V2 receptors, helps to maintain normal plasma osmolarity, blood volume and blood pressure.
Vasopressin is involved in some cases of congestive heart failure where peripheral resistance is increased. V1 antagonists may decrease systemic vascular resistance, increase cardiac output and prevent vasopressin induced coronary vasoconstriction. Thus, in conditions with vasopressin induce increases in total peripheral resistance and altered local blood flow, V1 -antagonists may be therapeutic agents. V1 antagonists may decrease blood pressure, induced hypotensive effects and thus be therapeutically useful in treatment of some types of hypertension.
The blockage of V2 receptors is useful in treating diseases characterized by excess renal reabsorption of free water. Antidiuresis is regulated by the hypothalamic release of vasopressin (antidiuretic hormone) which binds to specific receptors on renal collecting tubule cells. This binding stimulates adenylyl cyclase and promotes the cAMP-mediated incorporation of water pores into the luminal surface of these cells. V2 antagonists may correct the fluid retention in congestive heart failure, liver cirrhosis, nephritic syndrome, central nervous system injuries, lung disease and hyponatremia.
Elevated vasopressin levels occur in congestive heart failure which is more common in older patients with chronic heart failure. In patients with hyponatremic congestive heart failure and elevated vasopressin levels, a V2 antagonist may be beneficial in promoting free water excretion by antagonizing the action of antidiuretic hormone. On the basis of biochemical and pharmacological effects of the hormone, antagonists of vasopressin are expected to be therapeutically useful in the treatment and/or prevention of hypertension, cardiac insufficiency, coronary vasospasm, cardiac ischemia, renal vasospasm, liver cirrhosis, congestive heart failure, nephritic syndrome, brain edema, cerebral ischemia, cerebral hemorrhage-stroke, thrombosis-bleeding and abnormal states of water retention.
The following prior art references describe peptide vasopressin antagonists: M. Manning et al., J. Med. Chem., 35, 382(1992); M. Manning et al., J. Med. Chem., 35, 3895(1992); H. Gavras and B. Lammek, U.S. Pat. No. 5,070,187 (1991); M. Manning and W. H. Sawyer, U.S. Pat. No. 5,055,448(1991) F. E. Ali, U.S. Pat. No. 4,766,108(1988); R. R. Ruffolo et al., Drug News and Persective, 4(4), 217, (May) (1991). P. D. Williams et al., have reported on potent hexapeptide oxytocin antagonists [J. Med. Chem., 35, 3905(1992)] which also exhibit weak vasopressin antagonist activity in binding to V1 and V2 receptors. Peptide vasopressin antagonists suffer from a lack of oral activity and many of these peptides are not selective antagonists since they also exhibit partial agonist activity.
Non-peptide vasopressin antagonists have recently been disclosed, Y. Yamamura et al., Science, 252, 579(1991); Y. Yamamura et al., Br. J. Pharmacol, 105, 787(1992); Ogawa et al., (Otsuka Pharm Co., LTD.) EP 0514667-A1; EPO 382185-A2; WO9105549 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,258,510; WO 9404525 Yamanouchi Pharm. Co., Ltd., WO 9420473; WO 9412476; WO 9414796; Fujisawa Co. Ltd., EP 620216-A1 Ogawa et al, (Otsuka Pharm. Co.) EP 470514A disclose carbostyril derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same. Non-peptide oxytocin and vasopressin antagonist have been disclosed by Merck and Co.; M. G. Bock and P. D. Williams, EP 0533242A; M. G. Bock et al., EP 0533244A; J. M. Erb, D. F. Verber, P. D. Williams, EP 0533240A; K. Gilbert et al., EP 0533243A.
Premature birth can cause infant health problems and mortality and a key mediator in the mechanism of labor is the peptide hormone oxytocin. On the basis of the pharmacological action of oxytocin, antagonists of this hormone are useful in the prevention of preterm labor, B. E. Evans et al., J. Med. Chem. 35, 3919(1992), J. Med. Chem., 36, 3993(1993) and references therein. The compounds of this invention are antagonists of the peptide hormone oxytocin and are useful in the control of premature birth.
The present invention relates to novel tricyclic derivatives which exhibit antagonist activity at V1 and/or V2 receptors and exhibit in vivo vasopressin antagonist activity. The compounds also exhibit antagonist activity at oxytocin receptors.
This invention relates to new compounds selected from those of the general formula I: ##STR2## wherein Y is a moiety selected from; --(CH2)n -- wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2, ##STR3## A--B is a moiety selected from ##STR4## wherein m is an integer from 1 to 2 provided that when Y is --(CH2)n -- and n is 2, m may also be zero and when n is zero, m may also be three, provided also that when Y is --(CH2)n -- and n is 2, m may not be two; and the moiety: ##STR5## represents: (1) phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; (2) a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom selected from O, N or S; (3) a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen atom; (4) a 5 or 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms; (5) a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen atom together with either one oxygen or one sulfur atom; wherein the 5 or 6-membered heterocyclic rings are optionally substituted by (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen or (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy; the moiety: ##STR6## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, E and F are selected from carbon and nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --COCCl3, --COCF3, ##STR7## --CHO, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino, CONH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and --CON[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2 ; q is one or two; Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ;
Re is H, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), hydroxyethyl, --CH2 CO2 R50, --CH2 C(CH2 OH)3 ;
R50 is H, lower alkyl(C1 -C4);
R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR8## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR9## wherein R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --CO lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy an halogen; R5 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formulae: ##STR10## lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR11## lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR12## lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR13## lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched,
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 -C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR14## --(CH2)q --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3) and --CH2 CH2 OH, q is one or two, and R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(b) moieties of the formula: ##STR15## wherein R7 is lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl (C3 -C6), ##STR16## wherein p is one to five and X is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined;
(c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR17## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR18## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR19## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR20## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), OH, ##STR21## wherein Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined and Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR22## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR23## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R14 is ##STR24## wherein n is 0 or 1; q is 1 or 2; Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)-lower alkoxy and halogen; R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR25## --NH--(CH2)p --NHlower alkyl(C1 -C3), --NH--(CH2)p --N[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2 ##STR26## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Within the group of the compounds defined by Formula I, certain subgroups of compounds are broadly preferred. Broadly preferred are those compounds wherein R3 is the moiety: ##STR27## and Ar is selected from the moieties: ##STR28## Y is (CH2)n and n is one or zero; wherein R1, R2, R4, R5, R6 and R14 are as hereinbefore defined.
Especially preferred are compunds wherein R3 is the moiety: ##STR29## Ar is selected from the moieties: ##STR30## Y is --(CH2)n and n is one and m is one; wherein R1, R2, R4, R6 and R14 are as hereinbefore defined.
Especially preferred are compounds wherein R3 is the moiety: ##STR31## Ar is selected from the moieties: ##STR32## is --(CH2)n and n is one or zero; R6 is ##STR33## wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 -C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; and wherein X, Ra, Rb and R14 are as hereinbefore defined; and Ar' is selected from the moieties: ##STR34## wherein R8, R9 and W' are as hereinbefore defined.
Also especially preferred are compounds wherein Y in Formula I is --(CH2)n -- and n is zero or one; A--B is ##STR35## and R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10 and R14 are as hereinbefore defined; and m is an integer from 1-2.
The most preferred of the compounds of Formula I are those wherein Y is --(CH2)n -- and n is one; A--B is: ##STR36## R3 is the moiety: ##STR37## Ar is selected from the moieties: ##STR38## (CH2)n -cycloalkyl wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 -C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; wherein X, Ra, Rb and R14 are as hereinbefore defined;
and Ar' is: ##STR39## wherein R5, R8 and R9 are as previously defined.
The most highly broadly preferred of the compounds of Formula I are those wherein Y is --(CH2)n -- and n is zero or one; wherein the moiety: ##STR40## is a phenyl, substituted phenyl, thiophene, furan, pyrrole or pyridine ring; A--B is: ##STR41## m is one when n is one and m is two when n is zero; D, E, F, R1, R2, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10 are as previously defined;
R3 is the moiety: ##STR42## wherein Ar is selected from the moieties: ##STR43## and R6 is selected from the group: ##STR44## where Ar' is selected from the group: ##STR45## and R14, X, W', Ra, Rb and cycloalkyl are as previously described.
More particularly preferred are compounds of the formulae: ##STR46## wherein the moiety: ##STR47## is selected from a phenyl, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, or pyridine ring; R3 is the moiety: ##STR48## wherein Ar is selected from the moieties: ##STR49## and Ar' is selected from the moieties: ##STR50## wherein X, Ra, Rb, R5, R7, R8, R9, R14, cycloalkyl and W' are as hereinbefore described;
R11 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy, ##STR51## --CHO, and (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy; and R12 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen and (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy.
Also particularly preferred are compounds of the formulae: ##STR52## wherein m is one or two; the moiety: ##STR53## is selected from a phenyl, thiophene, furan, pyrrole or pyridine ring; R3 is the moiety: ##STR54## wherein Ar is selected from the moieties: ##STR55## (CH2)n cycloalkyl; Ar' is selected from the moieties: ##STR56## wherein X, Ra, Rb, R5, R6, R8, R9, R14, cycloalkyl and W' are as hereinbefore defined;
R11 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy, ##STR57## --CHO, and (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy; and R12 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen and (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy.
More particularly preferred are compounds of the formulae: ##STR58## wherein Ar is selected from the moieties: ##STR59## wherein n is 0 or 1; Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR60## wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 -C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Rb is hydrogen; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5 or --(CH2)q N(CH3)2 ; Ar' is selected from the moieties: ##STR61## wherein q, X, Ra, Rb, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 and W' are as hereinbefore described;
R12 and R13 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3) lower alkylamino.
Also particularly preferred are compounds of the formulae: ##STR62## wherein m is one or two; R3 is the moiety: ##STR63## wherein Ar is selected from the moieties: ##STR64## wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 -C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Rb is hydrogen; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5 or --(CH2)q N(CH3)2 ; and Ar' is selected from the moieties: ##STR65## wherein q, X, Ra, Rb, R5, R7, R8, R9, R11, R14 and W' are as hereinbefore defined;
R12 and R13 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3) lower alkylamino.
The most highly broadly preferred of the compounds are those of the formula: ##STR66## wherein Y is a moiety --(CH2)--; A--B is a moiety: ##STR67## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, and --(CH2)q --N(Rb)2 wherein D is carbon; q is 1 or 2; Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, and C2 H5 ;
R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR68## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR69## R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R14 is selected from a moiety of the formula: ##STR70## wherein Ra is hydrogen; R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, and (C1 -C3)lower alkyl; R8 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S-CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CF3, and ##STR71## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
Preferred group I. Among the more preferred compounds of this invention are those selected from the formula: ##STR72## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is a moiety selected from ##STR73## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; the moiety: ##STR74## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, E and F are selected from carbon and nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --COCCl3, --COCF3, ##STR75## --CHO, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino, CONH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and --CON[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2 ; q is one or two;
Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ;
Re is H, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), hydroxyethyl, --CH2 CO2 R50, --CH2 C(CH2 OH)3 ;
R50 is H or lower alkyl(C1 -C4);
R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR76## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR77## R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen;
R5 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: ##STR78## lower alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR79## lower alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR80## lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR81## lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched,
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR82## --(CH2)q --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3) and --CH2 CH2 OH, q is one or two, and R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(b) moieties of the formula: ##STR83## wherein R7 is lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl(C3 -C6), ##STR84## wherein p is one to five and X is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined;
(c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR85## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR86## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR87## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR88## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), OH, ##STR89## and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined wherein Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR90## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR91## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R14 is ##STR92## q is 1 or 2; wherein n is 0 or 1;
Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR93## --NH--(CH2)p --NHlower alkyl(C1 -C3), --NH--(CH2)p --N[lower alkyl (C1 -C3)]2, ##STR94## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
Within preferred group I above are the following preferred sub-groups 1, 2 and 3 of compounds:
1. wherein the moiety A--B is: ##STR95## wherein R3 is as defined in preferred group I above; 2. wherein R3 is the moiety: ##STR96## wherein R1, R2 and R14 are as defined in preferred group I above;
3. wherein R3 is the moiety: ##STR97## wherein R1, R2, and R6 are as defined in preferred group I above.
Preferred group II. Among the most preferred compounds of this invention are those selected from the formula: ##STR98## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is a moiety selected from ##STR99## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; the moiety: ##STR100## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, E and F are carbon and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --COCCl3, --COCF3, ##STR101## --CHO, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino, CONH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and --CON[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2 ; q is one or two;
Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ;
Re is H, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), hydroxyethyl, --CH2 CO2 R50, --CH2 C(CH2 OH)3 ;
R50 is H or lower alkyl(C1 -C4);
R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR102## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR103## R4 selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl (C1 -C3);
R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen; R5 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: ##STR104## lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR105## lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR106## lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR107## lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched,
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR108## --(CH2)q --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3) and --CH2 CH2 OH, q is one or two, and R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(b) moieties of the formula: ##STR109## wherein R7 is lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl(C3 -C6), ##STR110## wherein p is one to five and X is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined;
(c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR111## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR112## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR113## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR114## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl (C1 -C3), OH, ##STR115## and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined wherein Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR116## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR117## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R14 is
--O-lower alkyl (C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, ##STR118## q is 1 or 2; wherein n is 0 or 1;
Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR119## --NH-(CH2)p --NHlower alkyl(C1 -C3), --NH-(CH2)p --N[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, ##STR120## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
Within preferred group II above are the following preferred sub-groups 1 and 2 of compounds:
1. wherein R3 is the moiety: ##STR121## wherein R1, R2 and R14 are as defined in preferred group II above;
2. wherein R3 is the moiety: ##STR122## wherein R1, R2 and R6 are as defined in in preferred group II above.
Preferred group III. Among the preferred compounds of this invention are those selected from those of the formulae: ##STR123## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is a moiety selected from ##STR124## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; the moiety: ##STR125## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, E and F are carbon and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --COCCl3, --COCF3, ##STR126## --CHO, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino, CONH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and --CON[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2 ; q is one or two;
Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ;
Re is H, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), hydroxyethyl, --CH2 CO2 R50, --CH2 C(CH2 OH)3 ;
R50 is H or lower alkyl(C1 -C4);
R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR127## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR128## R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R2 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen; R5 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: ##STR129## lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR130## lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR131## lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR132## lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched,
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR133## --(CH2)q --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3) and --CH2 CH2 OH, q is one or two, and R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(b) moieties of the formula: ##STR134## wherein R7 is lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl(C3 -C6), ##STR135## wherein p is one to five and X is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined;
(c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR136## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR137## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR138## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3); and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR139## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl (C1 -C3), OH, ##STR140## and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined wherein Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR141## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR142## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R14 is
--O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, ##STR143## q is 1 or 2; wherein n is 0 or 1;
Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR144## --NH-(CH2)p --NHlower alkyl (C1 -C3), --NH-(CH2)p --N[lower alkyl (C1 -C3)]2, ##STR145## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
Within the preferred group III above are the following preferred sub-groups 1, 2 and 3 of compounds:
1. wherein A--B is a moiety: ##STR146## where R3 is as defined in preferred group III above; 2. wherein A--B is the moiety: ##STR147## R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR148## wherein Ar is: ##STR149## wherein R2 and R6 are defined in in preferred group III above; 3. wherein A--B is the moiety: ##STR150## R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR151## wherein Ar is: ##STR152## wherein R2 and R14 are defined in preferred group III above.
Preferred group IV. Among the preferred compounds of this invention are those selected from those of the formula: ##STR153## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is a moiety selected from ##STR154## and the moiety: ##STR155## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; the moiety: ##STR156## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring where D is carbon and E and F are selected from carbon and nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --COCCl3, --COCF3, ##STR157## --CHO, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino, CONH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and --CON[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2 ; q is one or two;
Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ;
Re is H, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), hydroxyethyl, --CH2 CO2 R50, --CH2 C(CH2 OH)3 ;
R50 is H or lower alkyl(C1 -C4);
R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR158## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR159## R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R2 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen; R5 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: ##STR160## lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR161## lower alkyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR162## lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR163## lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched,
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR164## --(CH2)q --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3) and --CH2 CH2 OH, q is one or two, and R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(b) moieties of the formula: ##STR165## wherein R7 is lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl (C3 -C6), ##STR166## wherein p is one to five and x is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined;
(c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR167## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR168## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR169## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR170## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), OH, ##STR171## --S-lower alkyl (C1 -C3), ##STR172## and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined wherein Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR173## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR174## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3); R14 is ##STR175## q is 1 or 2; wherein n is 0 or 1;
Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR176## --NH-(CH2)p --NHlower alkyl(C1 -C3) --NH-(CH2)p --N[lower alkyl(C1 -C3 ]2, ##STR177## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
Within the preferred group IV above are the following preferred sub-groups 1 and 2 of compounds:.
1. wherein A--B is the moiety: ##STR178## R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR179## wherein Ar is: ##STR180## wherein R2 and R14 are defined in preferred group IV above; 2. wherein A--B is the moiety: ##STR181## R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR182## wherein Ar is: ##STR183## wherein R2 and R14 are defined in preferred group IV above.
Preferred group V. Among the more preferred compounds of this invention are those selected from the formula: ##STR184## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is ##STR185## and the moiety: ##STR186## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; the moiety: ##STR187## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, E and F are carbon wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from ##STR188## --CHO, and (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; q is one or two;
Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ;
R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR189## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR190## R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen; R5 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: ##STR191## Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR192## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR193## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR194## --(CH2)q --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3) and --CH2 CH2 OH, q is one or two, and R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(b) moieties of the formula: ##STR195## wherein R7 is lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl(C3 -C6), ##STR196## wherein p is one to five and X is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined;
(c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR197## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR198## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR199## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR200## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl (C1 -C3), OH, ##STR201## and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; ##STR202## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR203## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R14 is
--O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, ##STR204## q is 1 or 2; wherein n is 0 or 1;
Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR205## --NH--(CH2)p --NHlower alkyl(C1 -C3), --NH--(CH2)p --N[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, ##STR206## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
Within preferred group V above are the following preferred sub-groups 1 and 2 of compounds:
1. wherein Ar is: ##STR207## wherein R1, R2 and R6 are defined in preferred group V above;
2. wherein Ar is: ##STR208## wherein R1, R2 and R14 are defined in preferred group V above.
Preferred group VI. Among the preferred compounds of this invention are those selected from those of the formula: ##STR209## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is ##STR210## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; the moiety: ##STR211## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, E and F are carbon wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from ##STR212## --CHO, and (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; q is one or two; Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ;
R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR213## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR214## R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen; R5 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: ##STR215## Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR216## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen,
--NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3,
--OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR217## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR218## --(CH2)q --O-lower alkyl (CH1 -C3) and --CH2 CH2 OH, q is one or two, and R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(b) moieties of the formula: ##STR219## wherein R7 is lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl(C3 -C6), ##STR220## wherein p is one to five and X is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined;
(c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR221## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR222## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR223## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR224## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl (C1 -C3), OH, ##STR225## and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; ##STR226## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR227## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl (C1 -C3);
R14 is ##STR228## q is 1 or 2; wherein n is 0 or 1;
Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR229## --NH--(CH2)p --Nlower alkyl(C1 -C3), --NH--(CH2)p --N[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, ##STR230## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
Within preferred group VI above are the following preferred sub-groups 1 and 2 of compounds:
1. wherein Ar is: ##STR231## and R2 and R6 are defined in preferred group VI above; 2. wherein Ar is: ##STR232## and R2 and R14 are as defined in preferred group VI above.
Preferred group VII. Among the preferred compounds of this invention are those selected from the formula: ##STR233## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is a moiety selected from ##STR234## and the moiety: ##STR235## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino;
the moiety: ##STR236## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, E and F are carbon and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from --CH═CH--NO2, --(CH2)q NO2), ##STR237## q is one or two; Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ;
Re is H, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), hydroxyethyl, --CH2 CO2 R50, --CH2 C(CH2 OH)3 ;
R50 is H or lower alkyl(C1 -C4);
R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR238## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR239## R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen; R5 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: ##STR240## lower alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR241## lower alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR242## O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR243## lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched,
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR244## --(CH2)q --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3) and --CH2 CH2 OH, q is one or two, and R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(b) moieties of the formula: ##STR245## wherein R7 is lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl(C3 -C6), ##STR246## wherein p is one to five and X is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined;
(c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR247## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR248## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR249## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR250## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), OH, ##STR251## and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined wherein Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR252## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR253## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl (C1 -C3);
R14 is
--O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, ##STR254## q is 1 or 2; wherein n is 0 or 1;
Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR255## --NH-(CH2)p --NHlower alkyl(C1 -C3), --NH-(CH2)p --N[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, ##STR256## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
Preferred group VIII. Among the more preferred compounds of this invention are those selected from the formula: ##STR257## wherein Y is CH2 ; A--B is a moiety selected from ##STR258## and the moiety: ##STR259## represents phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy or (C1 -C3)lower alkylamino; the moiety: ##STR260## is a five membered aromatic (unsaturated) nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring wherein D, is carbon and E and F are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted by a substituent selected from ##STR261## q is one or two; Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ;
Re is H, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), hydroxyethyl, --CH2 C2 CO2 R50, --CH2 C(CH2 OH)3 ;
R50 is H or lower alkyl(C1 -C4);
R3 is a moiety of the formula: ##STR262## wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group consisting of ##STR263## R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3); --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, hydroxy and halogen; R5 is selected from hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: ##STR264## alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR265## alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR266## lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched, ##STR267## lower alkenyl (C3 -C8) straight or branched, --NHSO2 -lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) straight or branched,
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, --CH3, --C2 H5, ##STR268## --(CH2)q --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3) and --CH2 CH2 OH, q is one or two, and R1, R2 and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(b) moieties of the formula: ##STR269## wherein R7 is lower alkyl(C3 -C8), lower alkenyl(C3 -C8), --(CH2)p -cycloalkyl(C3 -C6), ##STR270## wherein p is one to five and x is selected from O, S, NH, NCH3 ; wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinbefore defined;
(c) a moiety of the formula: ##STR271## wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, --O-lower alkenyl(C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties: ##STR272## or --CH2 --K' wherein K' is (C1 -C3) lower alkoxy, halogen, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: ##STR273## wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, --CO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), CHO, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, --CO2 -lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety of the formula: ##STR274## wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1 -C3) lower alkyl, --O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), OH, ##STR275## and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined wherein Ar' is selected from moieties of the formula: ##STR276## wherein W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), NHCO-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), and NSO2 lower alkyl(C1 -C3);
R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --S-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), halogen, --NH-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), --N-[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, --OCF3, --OH, --CN, --S--CF3, --NO2, --NH2, O-lower alkyl(C1 -C3), ##STR277## --N(Rb)(CH2)v N(Rb)2, and CF3 wherein v is one to three and;
R10 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and lower alkyl(C1 -C3)
R14 is --O-lower alkyl (C3 -C8) branched or unbranched ##STR278## --NH lower alkyl (C3 -C8) branched or unbranched, ##STR279##
q is 1 or 2;
wherein n is 0 or 1;
Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R45 is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)lower alkyl, --N-[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR280## and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
Among the more preferred compounds of this invention are those selected from:
[4-(3-Dimethylaminomethyl-3-hydroxy-5H,11H-pyrrolo [2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide.
[4-(3-[1,4']Bipiperidinyl-1'-ylmethyl-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazep ine-10-carbonyl)-3-chloro-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide.
(3-Chloro-4-{3-[(2-hydroxy-1,1-bis-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-methyl]-5H,11H -pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl}-phenyl)-biphenyl-2-carboxyl ic acid amide.
[3-chloro-4-(3-{[(2-dimethylamino-ethyl)-methyll-amino]-methyl}-5H,11H-pyrr olo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide.
{3-chloro-4-[3-(4-dimethylamino-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c] [1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide.
N-[3-Chloro-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo{2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl ]-2-pyrrol-1-yl-benzamide.
Quinoline-8-carboxylic acid [4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-3-phenyl]-amide.
[3-Chloro-4-(3-dimethylaminomethyl-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine -10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-2-phenylcyclopent-1-enecarboxylic acid amide.
Biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid {3-chloro-4-[3-(2-nitroethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10- carbonyl]-phenyl)-amide.
Compounds of this invention may be prepared as shown in Scheme I by reaction of tricyclic derivatives of Formula 3a and 3b with a substituted or unsubstituted 6-nitropyridine-3-carbonyl chloride 4 to give the intermediates 5a and 5b. Reduction of the nitro group in intermediates 5a and 5b gives the 6-aminopyridine derivatives 6a and 6b. The reduction of the nitro group in intermediates 5a and 5b may be carried out under catalytic reduction conditions (hydrogen-Pd/C; Pd/C-hydrazine-ethanol) or under chemical reduction conditions (SnCl2 -ethanol; Zn-acetic acid TiCl3) and related reduction conditions known in the art for converting a nitro group to an amino group. The conditions for conversion of the nitro group to the amino group are chosen on the basis of compatability with the preservation of other functional groups in the molecule.
Reaction of compounds of Formula 6a and 6b with aroyl chloride or related activated aryl carboxylic acids in solvents such as chloroform, dichloromethane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene and the like in the presence of a tertiary base such as triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine or pyridine and the like, affords the compunds 8a and 8b which are vasopressin antagonists. ##STR281##
Reaction of tricyclic derivatives of Formula 6a and 6b with either a carbamoyl derivative 9 or a isocyanate derivative 10 gives compounds (Scheme 2) of formula 11a and 11b which are vasopressin antagonists of Formula I wherein R6 is ##STR282##
Reaction of tricyclic derivatives of Formula 6a and 6b arylacetic acids, activated as the acid cholorides 12, anhydrides, mixed anhydrides or activated with known activating reagents, gives compounds 13a and 13b (Scheme 3). ##STR283##
The compounds of Formula I wherein Y, A-B, Z, R1, R2 and R3 are as defined and the Ar moiety of R3 (--COAr) is ##STR284## may be prepared, as shown in Scheme 4, by reacting an activated ester of the pyridine-3-carboxylic acid 14 with tricyclic derivatives 3a and 3b. The pyridine-3-carboxylic acids 14 may be activated by preparing the anhydride, a mixed anhydride or reacting with diethyl cyanophosphonate, N,N-carbonyldiimidazole or related peptide coupling reagents. Alternatively, the acid chloride derivatives 15 may be prepared from the acid derivatives 14 and oxalyl chloride or thionyl chloride in an inert solvent. The solvent is removed and the derivative reacted with 3a or 3b at 0°C to 25°C in dichloromethane as solvent and a tertiary amine such as triethylamine as a base. The activating reagent for the pyridine-3-carboxylic acids 14 is chosen on the basis of its compatibility with other substituent groups and the reactivity of the activated derivative toward the tricyclic derivatives 3a and 3b to give the vasopressin antagonists 16a and 16b. ##STR285##
Alternatively, the compounds of Formula I wherein Y, A-B, Z, R1, R2 and R3 are as defined and the Ar moiety of R3 (--COAr) is ##STR286## wherein R6 is the moiety --X--R7 and X is S, NH, NCH3 may be prepared as shown in Scheme 5 by first converting tricyclic derivatives 3a and 3b into the intermediates 17a and 17b and then reacting these intermediates with potassium, sodium, or lithium anions (R7 --X-) to give the products 16a and 16b. The symbol M+ is a metal cation derived from reacting a compound HXR7 with a metal hydride (sodium or potassium hydride, for example) or LDA, n-butyl lithium, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide and the like.
The reaction of intermediates 17a and 17b with the moieties R7 --NH2 and R7 --NHCH3 may also be carried without first forming the corresponding anions. Thus, heating intermediates 17a and 1 with excess R7 --NH2 or R7 --NHCH3 in an inert solvent or without solvent gives the products 16a and 16b wherein X is NH or NCH3. ##STR287##
Alternatively, the intermediates 17a and 17b may be converted to the more reactive fluoride derivatives 18a and 18b as shown in Scheme 6. Reaction of the fluoride intermediates 18a and 18b with amines NH2 R7 and CH3 NHR7 gives the 6-aminonicotinoyl derivatives 19a and 19b. ##STR288##
As an alternative method for synthesis of compounds of this invention as depicted in Formula I wherein Y, A-B, D, E, F and Z are as previously described and R3 is ##STR289## is the coupling of pyridinyl carboxylic acids 20 with the tricyclic derivatives 3a and 3b to give 21a and 21b.
The pyridine carboxylic acids are activated for coupling by conversion to an acid chloride, bromide or anhydride or by first reacting with an activating reagent such as N,N-dicyclocarbodiimide, diethyl cyanophosphonate and related "peptide type" activating reagents. The method of activating the acids 20 for coupling to the tricyclic derivatives 3a and 3b is chosen on the basis of compatibility with other substituent groups in the molecule. The method of choice is the conversion of the 3-pyridinyl carboxylic acids 20 to the corresponding 3-pyridinylcarbonyl chlorides. The 3-pyridinylcarbonyl chlorides 22 may be prepared by standard procedures known in the art, such as reaction with thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride and the like. The coupling reaction is carried out in solvents such as halogenated hydrocarbons, toluene, xylene, tetrahydrofuran, or dioxane in the presence of pyridine or tertiary bases such as triethylamine and the like (Scheme 7). Alternatively, the 3-pyridinylcarbonyl chlorides 22, prepared from the carboxylic acids 20, may be reacted with derivatives 3a and 3b in pyridine with or without 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine.
In general, when the 3-pyridinyl carboxylic acids 20 are activated with "peptide type" activating reagents, higher temperatures are required than when the 3-pyridinylcarbonyl chlorides are used. ##STR290## The starting materials 3a and 3b in the foregoing Schemes 1-7 may be prepared as follows. In accordance with Scheme 8, alkylation of heterocycles of structural type 24 with an alkylating moiety such as 23 gives intermediates 25. The heterocycle 24 may contain an α-carboxaldehyde function or an α-carboxylic and/or ester function as shown in Scheme 8. Where the intermediate 25 (R15 ═H) contains an a-carboxaldehyde group, hydrogenation with palladium-on-carbon gives reduction and ring closure in one step to give 29.
In derivatives 25 where R15 is an α-carboxylic and/or an α-carboxylic ester function, the intermediate amino acid derivative 27 is first isolated and then ring closed. The ring closure of derivatives 27 may be carried out by heating or by activation of the acid function (27:R15 ═H) for ring closure. The cyclic lactams 28 are conveniently reduced with diborane or lithium aluminum hydride to give intermediates 29. Reaction of tricyclic derivatives 29 with aroyl chlorides (ArCOCl), where Ar is as hereinbefore defined, gives diazepines 26.
Tricyclic derivatives of structural type 36 may be prepared as shown in Scheme 9. Formylation of 32 under known conditions in the literature, such as Vilsmeier formylation, gives intermediates 35 which on reduction and ring closure affords tricyclics 37.
Where the ring containing the symbol Z is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, the procedure gives 4,5-dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]-quinoxalines 36. These derivatives 36 and 37 may be reacted with aroyl chlorides (ArCOCl) wherein Ar is as previously defined or with a substituted or unsubstituted 6-nitropyridine-3-carbonyl chloride or with a nitrogen protecting group, such as benzyloxycarbonyl chloride to give compounds 38 and 39. The compounds 38 and 39 may be reacted with chlorine, bromine or halogenating reagents such as N-chlorosuccinimide, N-bromosuccinimide and the like to give compounds 40 and 41 wherein R17 is a halogen atom. The derivatives 3 and 3 may be formylated and acetylated to give products 40 and 41 wherein R17 is a CHO or a --COCH3 group. Halogenation, formylation and acetylation of derivatives 36 gives 1-substituted 4,5-dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxalines. The derivatives 38, 39 40 and 41 wherein R16 is a substituted or unsubstituted 6-nitro-3-pyridinylcarbonyl group are reduced to give the 6-amino-3-pyridinylcarbonyl derivatives 42d and 43d which are reacted with reagents Ar'COCl, Ar'CH2 COCl or ##STR291## wherein Ar' and Rb are as previously hereinbefore defined, to give tricyclic diazepines 44 and 45. ##STR292##
The compounds of this invention wherein R3 is the moiety: ##STR293## and the Ar group is the moiety: ##STR294## and R6, Ra, Rb, Y, R1, R2, Z and Ar' are as previously defined and wherein R11 is selected from the moieties: ##STR295## may be synthesized as shown in Scheme 10.
The tricyclic pyrrolodiazepines 46 and 47 are reacted with appropriate amines in the presence of formaldehyde to give the aminomethylene derivatives 48 and 49. The reaction may be carried out with aqueous formaldehyde or its equivalent in the presence of the appropriate amine in a lower alkanol at room temperature or preferably at temperatures of 50°C-100°C The aminomethylene derivatives 48 and 49 may be converted to hydrochloride salts or succinic acid and maleic acid salts as well as other pharmaceutically acceptable acid salts. ##STR296##
The compounds of this invention wherein R3 is the moiety: ##STR297## and the Ar group is the moiety: ##STR298## and R14, Ra, Rb, Y, R1, R2, Z and Ar' are as previously defined and wherein R11 is selected from the moieties: ##STR299## may be synthesized as shown in Scheme 10b.
The tricyclic pyrrolodiazepines 146 and 147 are reacted with appropriate amines in the presence of formaldehyde to give the aminomethylene derivatives 148 and 149. The reaction may be carried out with aqueous formaldehyde or its equivalent in the presence of the appropriate amine in a lower alkanol at room temperature or preferably at temperatures of 50°C-100°C The aminomethylene derivatives 148 and 149 may be converted to hydrochloride salts or succinic acid and maleic acid salts as well as other pharmaceutically acceptable acid salts.
In the schemes 10c and 10d that follow, X- indicates an anion selected from a halogen, preferably I-, or a sulfate or nitrate. ##STR300##
The aminomethylene derivatives of the formulas 49a or 153, wherein R1, R2, R3, R6, R8, R10, R11, R14, R45, R', Ra, Rb, Re are hereinbefore defined, Y is equal to CH2 and Z is phenyl or substituted phenyl and R6 is selected from a moiety of the formula: ##STR301## wherein J is independently selected from the moieties: ##STR302## wherein further q is 1 or 2; n is 0 or 1; and R14 is independently selected from the moieties: ##STR303## can be reacted as described in Schemes 10c and 10d with an excess of an alkyl halide such as methyl iodide, ethyl bromide, to give the corresponding quarternary ammonium derivatives 150 and 154. Reaction of the quarternary ammonium derivatives 150 and 154 with ammonia, a primary amine such as methylamine, glycine methyl ester, tris(hydroxymethylaminomethane, or a secondary amine such as dimethylamine, sarcosine methyl ester, ethanolamine in an inert solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, or dichloromethane at room temperature to the reflux temperature of the solvent affords the corresponding aminomethyl derivatives 151 and 155. Alternately, reaction of the quarternary ammonium derivatives 150 and 154 with nitromethane in the presence of an alkali metal alkoxide in a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, tetrahydrofuran or dimethylsulfoxide at temperatures ranging between 40°-100°C gives the nitro derivatives 152 and 156.
The 3-aminoethyl and 3-dialkyaminoethyl compounds of Formula 157, ##STR304## wherein R1, R2, R3, R6, R8, R10, R14, R', Ra, and Rb, are defined hereinabove; and R6, is selected from a moiety of the formula: ##STR305## wherein J is independently selected from the moieties: ##STR306## wherein further q is 1 or 2; n is 0 or 1; and R14 is independently selected from the moieties: ##STR307## wherein n is 0, can be prepared by procedures recognized in the art from known or readily prepared intermediates.
A detailed description of preferred compounds is described in exemplary procedure (Scheme 10e) as follows: ##STR308## wherein R1 and R2 are defined hereinabove; and R6, is selected from a moiety of the formula: ##STR309## wherein J is independently selected from the moieties: ##STR310## and; R8 is hydrogen.
A detailed description of especially preferred compounds is described further in procedure (Scheme 10f) as follows: ##STR311## wherein R1 and R2 are defined hereinabove; and R14 is selected from the moiety: ##STR312## wherein Ra, R', R8, and R10 are defined hereinabove; and n is 0.
More specifically, a compound of Formula 158 or Formula 162, wherein R1, R2, R6, and R14 are defined hereinabove, is reacted with 1-dimethylamino-2-nitroethylene according to the procedure described by Buchi and Mak in the Journal of Organic Chemistry, Vol. 42, No. 10, 1784 (1977), to prepare a compound of Formula 159 or Formula 163, respectively; wherein R1, R2, R6, and R14 are defined hereinabove. Reaction temperatures may range from -20°C to 45°C, and reaction times may vary from five minutes to three hours. The reaction may be carried out in acidic media or under acid catalyzed conditions employing neutral solvent media. The acidic media include, but are not limited to, glacial acetic acid, formic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and the like. Solvents include, but are not limited to ethanol, methanol, and the like. Acid catalysts include, but are not limited to, hydrogen halides, sultonic or phosphoric acids, and the like.
A compound of Formula 159 or Formula 163, wherein R1, R2, R6, and R14 are defined hereinabove, is reacted with alkali metal boroydride or alkyl metal trialkoxyborohydride reagents according to the procedure described by Kardos and Genet in Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, Vol 5., No.8, 1525 (1994), and also by Kruse and Hilbert in Heterocycles, Vol. 20, No.7, 1373 (1983), to prepare a compound of Formula 152 or Formula 156, respectively; wherein R1, R2, R6, and R14 are defined hereinabove. Reaction temperatures may range from -40°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent. The reaction times may vary from five minutes to three hours. The reaction may be carried out in various protic or aprotic solvents, or mixtures thereof, which include, but are not limited to, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, and the like. A compound of Formula 152 or Formula 156, wherein R1, R2, R6, and R14 are defined hereinabove, is reacted with reducing metals which include, but are not limited to, zinc, tin, iron, sodium, potassium, or copper, and the like, in protic solvents to prepare a compound of Formula 160 or Formula 164, respectively; wherein R1, R2, R6, and R14 are defined hereinabove. Such protic solvents include, but are not limited to, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, acetic acid, formic acid, or trifluroacetic acid, and the like. Such reducing metals may or may not be promoted by acid catalysts. Such acid catalysts include, but are not limited to, hydrogen halides, sulfonic acids, phoshoric acids, or organic carboxylic acids, and the like. Reaction temperatures may range from -20°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent The reaction times may vary from five minutes to three hours.
Alternatively, a compound of Formula 159 or Formula 163, wherein R1, R2, R6, and R14 are defined hereinabove, can be reacted with lithium borohydride and trimethylchlorosilane, according to the procedure described by Giannis and Sandhoff, Angewante Chemie, International Edition in English, Vol. 28, No.2, 218 (1989), or reacted with diborane-tetrahydrofuran complex, to prepare a compound of Formula 160 or Formula 164, respectively; wherein R1, R 2, R6, and R14 are defined hereinabove. Reaction temperatures may range from 0°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent. The reaction times may vary from one hour to 48 hours. The reaction may be carried out in various aprotic inert solvents. Solvents may include, but are not limited to, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1-4 dioxane, and the like.
A compound of Formula 161 or Formula 165, wherein R1, R2, R6, R14, and Rb, are defined hereinabove, can be prepared from a compound of Formula 160 or Formula 164, respectively; wherein R1, R2, R6, and R14 are defined hereinabove, by reacting with paraformaldehyde, 37% aqueous formaldehyde (Formalin), or acetaldehyde, and sodium cyanoborohydride within a pH range of 3.0 to 6∅ The reaction temperature may range from -20°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent. The reaction times may vary from five minutes to several hours. The pH range may be maintained with organic carboxylic acids. Such organic carboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, glacial acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, formic acid, 4-toluene-sulfonic acid, and the like. ##STR313## The hydroxy derivatives of the formulas 168 and 169, wherein R', R1, R6, R8, R10, R11, R14, R45, D, E, F, Ra, Rb, Y, and z are hereinbefore defined and R2 is lower alkoxy may be prepared by reaction of 166 or 167 with boron tribromide in an inert solvent, such as dichloromethane or chloroform at or between -20°C to the reflux temperature of the solvent at from between 30 minutes to overnight. ##STR314##
As shown in Scheme 11, reaction of tricyclic derivatives of Formula 3a and 3b with substituted and unsubstituted arylcarbonyl chlorides 50, wherein R1, R2 and R14 are hereinbefore defined gives compounds 51 and 52 which are vasopressin antagonists. ##STR315##
Reaction of tricyclic derivatives of Formula 3a and 3b with a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl carbonyl chloride 53 gives intermediates 54a and 54b. The reduction of the nitro group in intermediates 54a and 54b may be carried out under catalytic reduction conditions (hydrogen-Pd/C; Pd/C-hydrazine-ethanol) or under chemical reduction conditions (SnCl2 -ethanol; Zn-acetic acid TiCl3 and related reduction conditions known in the art for converting a nitro group to an amino group. The conditions for conversion of the nitro group to the amino group are chosen on the basis of compatability with the preservation of other functional groups in the molecule.
Reaction of compounds of Formula 55a and 55b with acid chlorides, R25 COCl or related activated acid carboxylic acids in solvents such as chloroform, dichloromethane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene and the like in the presence of a tertiary base such as triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine or pyridine and the like, affords the compounds 56a and 56b which are vasopressin antagonists.
The acid chlorides R25 COCl are those wherein R25 is selected from the group ##STR316##
Wherein n is 0 or 1; Ra is hydrogen, --CH3 or --C2 H5 ; R' is hydrogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R20 is hydrogen, halogen, (C1 -C3)lower alkyl, (C1 -C3)lower alkoxy, NH2, --NH(C1 -C3)-lower alkyl, --N--[(C1 -C3)lower alkyl]2, ##STR317## --NH--(CH2)p --NHlower alkyl(C1 -C3), --NH--(CH2)p --N[lower alkyl(C1 -C3)]2, ##STR318##
Preparation of some tricyclic diazepines useful for starting materials for the synthesis of compounds of this invention are shown in Schemes 8 and 9. Other tricyclic diazepines are prepared by literature procedures or by methods known in the art or by procedures reported for the synthesis of specific known tricyclic diazepines. These diazepine ring 10 systems discussed below when subjected to reaction conditions shown in Schemes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 and 10 give the compounds of this invention.
The tricyclic diazepine ring system, 10,11-dihydro-5H-imidazo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine, ##STR319## is reported by G. Stefancich, R. Silvestri and M. Artico, J. Het. Chem. 30, 529(1993); ring substitution on the same ring system is reported by G. Stefancich, M. Artico, F. Carelli, R. Silvestri, G. deFeo, G. Mazzanti, I. Durando, M. Palmery, IL Farmaco, Ed. Sc., 40, 429(1985). ##STR320##
The synthesis of 9,10-dihydro-4H-furo[2,3-e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-9-one ##STR321## is reported by F. Povazunec, B. Decroix and J. Morel, J. Het. Chem. 29, 1507(1992) and is reduced to give the tricyclic heterocycle 9,10-dihydro-4H-furo[2,3-e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine. ##STR322## The tricyclic 5,10-dihydro-4H-pyrazolo[5,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine ring system is reported by L. Cecchi and G. Filacchioni, J. Het. Chem., 20, 871(1983); ##STR323## The synthesis of 9-oxo-9,10-dihydro-4H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]thieno[2,3-e][1,4]diazepine is reported by A. Daich and B. Decroix, Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr 129, 360(1992); ##STR324## and is reduced with boron-dimethylsulfide to give 9,10-dihydro-4H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]thieno[2,3-e][1,4]diazepine. ##STR325## Also reported by A. Daich and B. Decroix is 5-oxo-4,5-dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]thieno[3,2-e][1,4]diazepine ##STR326## which is also reduced to give 4,10-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo-[1,2-a]thieno[3,2-e][1,4]diazepine ##STR327## Reported by B. Decroix and J. Morel, J. Het. Chem., 28, 81(1991) are 5H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]thieno[3,2-e][1,4]diazepine; ##STR328## and 4H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]thieno[2,3-e][1,4]diazepine. The 10H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]thieno[3,4-e][1,4]diazepine is reported by A. Daich, J. Morel and B. Decroix, J, Heterocyclic Chem., 31, 341(1994). Reduction by hydrogen-Pd/C or chemical reduction with reagents such as sodium cyanoborohydride and acetic acid gives the dihydro tricyclic heterocycles ##STR329## The synthesis of the tricyclic 1,5-benzodiazepine ring system, 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,5]benzodiazepine, has been reported by F. Chimenti, S. Vomero, R. Giuliano and M. Artico, IL Farmaco, Ed. Sc., 32, 339(1977). Annelated 1,5-benzodiazepines containing five membered rings have been reviewed by A. Chimirri, R. Gitto, S. Grasso, A. M. Monforte, G. Romeo and M. Zappala, Heterocycles, 36, No. 3, 604(1993), and the ring system 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,5]benzodiazepine is described. ##STR330##
The preparation of 5,6-dihydro-4H-[1,2,4]-triazolo[4,3-a][1,5]benzodiazepin-5-ones from 1,2-dihydro-3H-4-dimethylamino-1,5-benzodiazepin-2-ones has been described by M. DiBroccio, G. Roma, G. Grossi, M. Ghia, and F. Mattioli Eur. J. Med. Chem; 26, 489(1991). Reduction of 5,6-dihydro-4H-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a][1,5]benzodiazepin-5-ones with diborane or lithium hydride gives the tricyclic 5,6-dihydro derivatives. ##STR331##
The compounds of this invention and their preparation can be understood further by the following examples, but should not constitute a limitation thereof.
PAC 1-(2-Nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehydeTo a solution of 3.76 g of 1-(2-nitro-phenyl)pyrrole in 20 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide at 0°C is added dropwise with stirring 3 ml of phosphorus oxychloride. Stirring is continued for 30 minutes and the reaction mixture is heated at 90°C for 1 hour. After cooling to room temperature the mixture is treated with crushed ice and the pH adjusted to 12 with 2N sodium hydroxide. The resulting suspension is filtered, washed with water and dried to give 5.81 g of the desired product as a light yellow solid, m.p. 119°-122°C
PAC 4,5-Dihydro-pyrrolo-[1,2-a]-quinoxalineTo a solution of 1.0 g of 1-(2-nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde in 40 ml of ethyl alcohol and 40 ml of ethyl acetate, under argon, is added 40 mg of 10% Pd/C. The mixture is hydrogenated at 40 psi for 2 hours and filtered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is dissolved in ether and treated with hexanes to give 0.35 g of the desired product as a beige solid, m.p. 108°-110°C
PAC N-(2--Nitrobenzoyl)-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehydeTo an ice bath cooled solution of 5.6 g of 2-pyrrolecarboxaldehyde in 40 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added 2.4 g of 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil. The temperature elevates to 40°C After stirring for 20 minutes a solution of 11.0 g of 2-nitrobenzoyl chloride in 20 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added dropwise over 20 minutes. After stirring in the cold for 45 minutes, the reaction mixture is poured into ice water and ether then filtered. The cake is washed with additional ether. The two phase filtrate is separated and the ether layer dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 10 g of a residue as a dark syrup which is scratched with ethanol to give crystals which are collected by filtration, washed with ether and then dried to afford 3.2 g of solid, m.p. 95°-99°C
PAC 10,11-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-oneA mixture of 1.5 g of N-(2-nitrobenzoyl)pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde in 50 ml of ethyl acetate, 2 drops of concentrated HCl and 0.3 g of 10% Pd/C is shaken in a Parr apparatus under hydrogen pressure for 1.75 hours. The mixture is filtered, 0.4 g of 10% Pd/C added and the mixture shaken in a Parr apparatus under hydrogen pressure for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give 1.0 g of a yellow oil. The residue is purified on thick layer chromatography plates by elution with 4:1 ethyl acetate:hexane to give 107 mg of the desired product as an oily solid.
PAC 1-(2--Nitrobenzyl)-2-pyrrolecarboxaldehydeTo 5.56 g of 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil, washed three times with hexane, is added 300 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide under argon. The reaction mixture is cooled in an ice-bath and 13.2 g of pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde is added slowly. The reaction mixture becomes a complete solution and is stirred for an additional 10 minutes. While stirring, 30.0 g of 2-nitrobenzyl bromide is added slowly. After complete addition, the reaction mixture is stirred for 30 minutes, the ice bath is removed and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The N,N-dimethylformamide is concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which is stirred with ice water for 1 hour. The resulting solid is collected, air dried, then vacuum dried to give 30.64 g of the desired product as a tan solid, m.p. 128°-132°C
PAC 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepineA mixture of 30.6 g of 1-(2-nitrobenzyl)-2-pyrrolecarboxaldehyde and 3.06 g of 10% Pd/C in 400 ml of ethyl acetate and 400 ml of ethyl alcohol is hydrogenated over 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and the filtrate is treated with activated carbon and filtered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which is dissolved in methylene chloride containing ethyl alcohol. The solution is passed through a pad of silica gel and the pad washed with a 7:1 hexane-ethyl acetate solution to give 16.31 g of the desired product as solid, m.p. 145°-148°C
PAC 3-Methylbenzo[b]thiophene-2-acetyl chlorideA mixture of 2.0 g of 3-methylbenzo[b]thiophene-2-acetic acid and 19.4 ml of thionyl chloride is heated at reflux for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give a residue which is concentrated from toluene three times and dried under vacuum to give 2.25 g of the desired product as a residue.
PAC 4-Chloro-2-methoxybenzoyl chlorideA solution of 2.0 g of 4-chloro-o-anisic acid in 22 ml of thionyl chloride is heated at reflux for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give a residue which is concentrated from toluene three times and dried under vacuum to give 2.0 g of the desired product as a residue.
PAC 2-(Trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chlorideA solution of 2.0 g of o-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid in 21 ml of thionyl chloride is heated at reflux for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give a residue which is concentrated from toluene three times and dried under vacuum to give 2.1 g of the desired product as a residue.
PAC 2-Methylphenylacetyl chlorideA solution of 2.0 g of o-tolylacetic acid in 27 ml of thionyl chloride is heated at reflux for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give a residue which is concentrated from toluene three times and dried under vacuum to give 2.1 g of the desired product as a light brown oil.
PAC 3-Methyl-4-nitro-benzoyl chlorideA mixture of 1.81 g of 3-methyl-4-nitrobenzoic acid and 1.25 g of thionyl chloride in 75 ml of chloroform is heated at reflux under argon for 48 hours. The volatiles are removed in vacuo to a residue which is evaporated with toluene several times in vacuo. The residue is partially dissolved in methylene chloride and filtered free of solids and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo to give 1.47 g of the desired acid chloride.
PAC 1-(o-Nitrobenzyl)-imidazole-2-carboxaldehydeA 2.0 g portion of sodium hydride (60% in oil) is washed with pentane two times. To the residue is added 110 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide under argon. With stirring and external cooling, 4.80 g of 2-imidazolecarboxaldehyde is added and the cooling bath removed. Slight external heating results in a yellow solution. The reaction mixture is chilled in ice and 10.8 g of 2-nitrobenzyl bromide is added. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0°C for 18 hours. The volatiles are removed in vacuo to a residue which is stirred with ice water, filtered and the cake washed well with water and suction dried to give 10.9 g of the desired product as a solid, m.p. 141°-144°C MH+ 232.
PAC 10,11-Dihydro-5H-imidazo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepineA 5.0 g sample of 1-(o-nitrobenzyl)-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde is dissolved in 150 ml of hot ethyl alcohol, cooled to room temperature and filtered. To the filtrate is added 0.5 g of 10% Pd/C and the mixture hydrogenated at 48 psi for 4 hours. An additional 0.5 g of 10% Pd/C is added and hydrogenation continued for 25 hours at 65 psi. The mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and the cake washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate is evaporated in vacuo to a residue which is dissolved in methylene chloride, treated with activated carbon, filtered through diatomaceous earth and hexanes added to the filtrate at the boil to give 1.86 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 164°-170°C
PAC 10,11-Dihydro-5H-imidazo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepineTo a suspension of 4 mmol of lithium aluminum hydride in 20 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran is added a 1 mmol solution of 10,11-dihydro-11-oxo-5H-imidazo-[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and the mixture is refluxed for 24 hours and cooled at 0°C To the mixture is added dropwise 0.12 ml of water and 6 ml of 1N sodium hydroxide. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate and the solvent removed to give the desired product as a solid. Recrystallization from methylene chloride-hexane gives crystals, m.p. 164°-170°C
PAC 9,10-Dihydro-4H-furo[2,3-e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepineTo a suspension of 4 mmol of lithium aluminum hydride in 25 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran is added 1 mmol of 9,10-dihydro-4H-furo[2,3-e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-9-one. The mixture is refluxed for 12 hours and allowed to stand overnight. To the mixture is added dropwise 0.12 ml of water and then 6 ml of 1N sodium hydroxide. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract dried (Na2 SO4). The volatiles are removed in vacuo to give the desired product as a solid.
PAC 9,10-Dihydro-4H-furo[2,3-e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepineA solution of 1 mmol of 4H-furo[2,3-e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine and 0.2 g of 10% Pd/C in 10 ml of ethanol is hydrogenated for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and the filtrate is evaporated in vacuo to give the desired product as a solid.
REFERENCE EXAMPLE 17
To a mixture of 7.0 g of 9-oxo-9,10-dihydro-4H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]thieno[2,3-e][1,4]diazepin in 25 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran is added 9 ml of 10 molar boron-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is refluxed for 6 hours. The solution is cooled to room temperature and 25 ml of methanol added dropwise. The volatiles are removed under vacuum. To the residue is added 100 ml of 2N NaOH. The mixture is refluxed 5 hours and filtered. The solid is extracted with dichloromethane and the extract is washed with 2N citric acid, water and dried (Na2 SO4). The solvent is removed in vacuo to give the desired product as a solid.
PAC 4,10-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]thieno[3,2-e][1,4]diazepineTo a suspension of 7.0 g of 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-pyrrolo[1,2-a]thieno[3,2-e][1,4]diazepine in 25 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran is added 9 ml of 10M borane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is refluxed for 6 hours. The solution is cooled to room temperature and 25 ml of methanol added dropwise. The volatiles are removed under vacuum. To the residue is added 100 ml of 2N NaOH. The mixture is refluxed 5 hours and filtered. The solid is extracted with dichloromethane and the extract is washed with 2N citric acid, water and dried (Na2 SO4). The solvent is removed to give a solid.
PAC 5,6-Dihydro-4H-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a][1,5]benzodiazelineA mixture of 7.0 g of 5,6-dihydro-4H-[1,2,4]triazolo-[4,3-a][1,5]benzodiazepin-5-one in 25 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added 9 ml of 10M boranedimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is refluxed for 6 hours, cooled to room temperature and 25 ml of methanol added dropwise. The volatiles are removed under vacuum and to the residue is added 100 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide. The mixture is refluxed for 5 hours, chilled and extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with 2N citric acid, water and dried (Na2 SO4). The solvent is removed under vacuum to give a solid. The solid is purified by chromatography on silica gel to give the desired product.
PAC 1-(2-Nitrophenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[-2-carboxaldehydeA sample of 4.7 g of sodium hydride (60% in oil) is washed with hexane (under argon). To the sodium hydride is added 200 ml of dry N,N-dimethylformamide and the mixture is chilled to 0°C To the mixture is added 10.11 g of pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde in small portions. The mixture is stirred 10 minutes and 15.0 g of 1-fluoro-2-nitrobenzene added dropwise. After the addition, the mixture is stirred at room temperature 16 hours and the mixture concentrated (65°C) under high vacuum. To the residue is added 400 ml of dichloromethane and the mixture washed with 150 ml each of H2 O, brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solvent is removed in vacuo to give a yellow solid. Crystallization from ethyl acetate-hexane (9:1) gives 17.0 g of light yellow crystals, m.p. 119°-122°C
PAC 4,10-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]thieno[3,2-e][1,4]diazenineTo an ice cooled mixture of 2.1 g of pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid and 2.3 g of methyl 3-aminothiophene-2-carboxylate in 40 ml of dry dichloromethane is added 4 g of N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and filtered. The filter cake is washed with dichloromethane and then extracted twice with 60 ml of acetone. The acetone extract is concentrated to dryness to give 0.8 g of solid, m.p. 214°-218°C To a suspension of the preceding compound (1.19 g) in 20 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added 0.2 g of sodium hydride (60% in oil). After the hydrogen evolution, the mixture is stirred and refluxed for 4.5 hours, cooled and poured into ice-water. The precipitated solid is filtered and the solid triturated with petroleum ether (bp 30°-60°C) to give 0.75 g of 4,10-dihydro-4,10-dioxo-5H-pyrrolo-[1,2-a]thieno[3,2-e][1,4]diazepine as a solid, m.p. 280°-290°C The preceding compound (0.362 g) is added to an ice-water cooled solution of 1M diborane in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 65 hours. The solution is concentrated to dryness and ice-water added to the residue. The mixture is acidified with dilute HCl, stirred and then basified with solid NaHCO3. The mixture is filtered to give 0.223 g of a solid (foam) m.p. 80°-85°C
PAC 10,11-Dihydro-5H-1,2,4-triazolo[3,4-c][1,4]benzodiazepineA mixture of 2.2 g of 2-cyanoaniline, 2.0 g of methyl bromoacetate and 1.3 g of potassium carbonate in 12 ml of dry N,N-dimethylformamide is heated at 150°-155°C for 40 minutes. The cooled mixture is poured into ice-water and the mixture filtered to give 2 g of methyl[N-(2-cyanophenyl)amino]acetate as a yellow solid, m.p. 70°-78°C The preceding compound (2.0 g) is added to a solution of 0.5 g of sodium methoxide in 50 ml of methanol. The mixture is shaken under an atmosphere of hydrogen with the catalyst Raney-Ni for 19 hours. The mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and the filtrate evaporated. Water is added to the residue and the mixture filtered to give 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-1,4-benzodiazepin-3-one as a yellow solid, m.p. 167°-170°C
A mixture of the preceding compound (1.6 g) and 0.84 g of phosphorus pentasulfide in 10 ml of dry (dried over KOH) pyridine is stirred and heated at 80°-85°C for 15 minutes. The mixture is poured into water and stirred for 30 minutes. Filtration gives 1.0 g of 1,2,4,5-tetrahydro-3H-1,4-benzodiazepin-3-thione as yellow solid, m.p. 150°-153°C
The preceding compound (0.5 g) and 0.5 g of N-formylhydrazine in 6 ml of dry n-butanol is refluxed for 16 hours and the solvent removed. The gummy residue is triturated with cold water and the mixture filtered. The solid is triturated with acetone to give 0.19 g of yellow solid, m.p. 232°-237°C
PAC 4,5-Dihydro-6H-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a][1,5]benzodiazeiineA mixture of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-1,5-benzodiazepin-2-thione (0.8 g) and 0.80 g of N-formylhydrazine in 8 ml of n-butanol is stirred and refluxed for 18 hours and the solvent removed under vacuum. Ice water is added to the residual solid and the mixture filtered to give 0.312 g of a gray solid, m.p. 162°-165°C
PAC 4,5-Dihydro-6H-imidazo[1,2-a][1,5]benzodiazeiineA mixture of 30 g of acrylic acid, 33 g of o-phenylenediamine is heated on a steam bath for 1.5 hours and the cooled black mixture triturated with ice-water. The aqueous phase is decanted and ice and aqueous ammonium hydroxide added to the residue. The mixture is extracted with dichloromethane and the extract concentrated to dryness. The residue is triturated with carbon tetrachloride and filtered. The oily solid is triturated with a small amount of ethanol to give 9.7 g of a solid. Trituration of the solid with ethyl acetate gives 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-1,5-benzodiazepin-2-one as an impure solid, m.p. 75°-107°C
A mixture of the preceding compound (11.3 g) and 5.9 g of phosphorus pentasulfide in 70 ml of dry pyridine is stirred and heated at approximately 80°C for 20 minutes. The mixture is poured into water and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. Filtration gives 8.6 g of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-1,5-benzodiazepin-2-thione as a solid, m.p. 154°-157°C
A mixture of the preceding compound (0.70 g), 1.0 g of aminoacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal and 15 mg of 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid monohydrate in 6 ml of dry n-butanol is refluxed for 4 hours and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is heated (refluxed) with 10 ml of 3N hydrochloric acid for 55 minutes. Ice is added to the cooled mixture and the mixture made basic with solid NaHCO3. The mixture is extracted with dichloromethane and the extract dried (Na2 SO4). The solvent is removed to give an orange syrup which solidified on standing. The oily solid is triturated with acetone to give a light yellow solid (0.185 g) m.p. 119°-122°C
PAC 1-(2-Nitronhenyl)-2-pyrroleacetic acid, ethyl esterTo a stirred mixture of 1.88 g of 1-(2-nitrophenyl)pyrrole, 4.80 g of ethyl iodoacetate and 2.22 g of FeSO4.7H2 O in 40 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide is added dropwise 10 ml of 30% hydrogen peroxide while keeping the reaction mixture at room temperature with a cold water bath. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for one day. An additional 2.4 g of ethyl iodoacetate, 1.1 g of FeSO4.7H2 O and 5 ml of 30% hydrogen peroxide is added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 1 day. The mixture is diluted with water and extracted with diethyl ether. The organic extract is washed with water, brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solvent is removed and the residue (2.12 g) chromatographed on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:4) as solvent to give 0.30 g of product as a brown gum.
PAC 6,7-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]1,5]benzodiazepin-6-oneTo a solution of 0.8 mmol of 1-(2-nitrophenyl)-2-pyrroleacetic acid, ethyl ester in 3 ml of ethanol is added stannus chloride dihydrate (SnCl2.2H2 O) in 2 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid (with cooling in water bath). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 5 hours and chilled in an ice bath. To the mixture is added slowly saturated sodium carbonate solution. The solid which precipitates is filtered and the solid washed with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate extract is dried (Na2 SO4) and the solvent removed to give 0.16 g of solid which is triturated with ether to give 0.11 g of product as an off-white solid.
PAC 6.7-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]1,5]benzodiazepineTo a solution of 0.070 g of 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,5]benzodiazepin-6-one in 2 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added 0.45 ml of a 2.0M solution of diborane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is refluxed for 3 hours, poured into water and made basic with 2N NaOH. The tetrahydrofuran is removed under vacuum and the residual aqueous mixture extracted with diethyl ether. The extract is washed with brine, dried (Na2 SO4) and the solvent removed to give 0.065 g of a colorless oil; one spot by thin layer chromatography (silica gel) with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:2) as solvent (Rf 0.81).
PAC 1-[2-Nitro-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)benzyl]-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehydeTo a stirred slurry of 2.2 g of sodium hydride (60% in oil, washed with hexane) in tetrahydrofuran is added at 0°C a solution of 4.5 g of pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde in 25 ml of tetrahydrofuran. After the addition is complete, a solution of 15 g of ethyl 4-nitro-3-bromomethylbenzoate in 30 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is slowly added under nitrogen. The reaction mixture is stirred at 20°C for 8 hours and carefully quenched with water. The reaction mixture is extracted with chloroform which is washed with water, dried with Na2 SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give 12 g of the desired product as a solid; mass spectrum (M+ H)349.
PAC 1-[2-Nitro-4-(ethoxycarbonyl)benzyl]-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehydeThe conditions of Example 28 are used with ethyl 3-nitro-4-bromomethylbenzoate to give 13.0 g of the desired product as a solid; mass spectrum (M+ H)349.
PAC Ethyl 10,11-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c]1,4]benzodiazepine-7-carboxylateA solution of 10.0 g of 1-[2-nitro-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)benzyl]-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde in 150 ml of absolute ethanol containing 1.0 g of 10% Pd/C is hydrogenated in a Parr apparatus for 16 hours under 40 psi of hydrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to a residue of 5.5 g of the desired product as a solid; mass spectrum (M+ H)255.
PAC Ethyl 10,11-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1l4]benzodiazepine-8-carboxylateThe hydrogenation conditions of ethyl 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]-benzodiazepine-7-carboxylate are used with 1-[2-nitro-4-(ethoxycarbonyl)benzyl]-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde to give 5.0 g of the desired product as a solid; mass spectrum (M+ H)255.
PAC 2-Methylfurane-3-carbonyl chlorideA mixture of 4.0 g of methyl-2-methylfurane-3-carboxylate, 30 ml of 2N NaOH and 15 ml methanol is refluxed for 1.5 hours. The solvent is removed under vacuum to give a solid. The solid is extracted with dichloromethane (discarded). The solid is dissolved in water and the solution acidified with 2N citric acid to give a solid. The solid is washed with water and dried to give crystals 1.05 g of crystals of 2-methylfuran-3-carboxylic acid. The preceding compound (0.95 g) and 3 ml of thionyl chloride is refluxed for 1 hour. The solvent is removed, toluene added (20 ml, three times) and the solvent removed to give the product as an oil.
PAC 2-[2-(Tributylstannyl)-3-thienyl]-1,3-dioxolaneTo a stirred solution of 15.6 g (0.10 mol) of 2-(3-thienyl)-1,3-dioxolane in 100 ml of anhydrous ether, n-butyl-lithium (1.48N, in hexane, 74.3 ml) is added dropwise under nitrogen at room temperature. After being refluxed for 15 minutes, the reaction mixture is cooled to -78°C and tri-n-butyltin chloride (34.18 g, 0.105 mol) in 100 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added dropwise. After the addition is complete, the mixture is warmed to room temperature and the solvent evaporated. To the oily residue 100 ml of hexane is added, and the resulting precipitate (LiCl) is filtered off. The filtrate is evaporated and the residue distilled at reduced pressure, giving 34.16 g (77%) of the desired product.
PAC Methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylateDry methanol (400 ml) is cooled in an ice bath and HCl gas is bubbled into the mixture for 25 minutes. To the MeOH-HCl is added 30 g of 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylic acid and then the mixture is stirred and heated at 90°C for 2 hours (all the solid dissolved). The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residual solid dissolved in 100 ml of water. The acidic solution is neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate (solid separated) and the mixture chilled and filtered to give 30 g of white crystals, m.p. 150°-154°C
PAC 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acidTo a mixture of 4.5 g of methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate and 5.53 ml of triethylamine in 40 ml of dichloromethane (cooled in an ice bath) is added 6.38 g of 5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature under argon for 18 hours and an additional 3.4 g of 5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl chloride added. After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the mixture is filtered to give 3.0 g of methyl 6-[[bis(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness and the residue triturated with hexane and ethyl acette to give an additional 9.0 g of bis acylated compound.
A mixture of 12.0 g of methyl 6-[[bis(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate, 60 ml of methanol-tetrahydrofuran (1:1) and 23 ml of 5N NaOH is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture is concentrated under vacuum, diluted with 25 ml of water, cooled and acidified with 1N HCl. The mixture is filtered and the solid washed with water to give 6.3 g of the product as a white solid.
As described for Reference Example 35, but substituting the appropriate aroyl chloride, heteroaroyl chloride, cycloalkanoyl chlorides, phenylacetylchlorides and related appropriate acid chlorides, the following 6-[(aroylamino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acids, 6-[(heteroaroyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acids and related 6-[(acylated)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acids are prepared.
PAC 6-[(3-Methyl-2-thienylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-3-thienylcarbonyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(3-Methyl-2-furanylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-3-furanylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(3-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-chlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Fluorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Chloro-4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2,4-Dichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(4-Chloro-2-fluorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(3,4,5-Trimethoxybenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2,4-Difluorobenzoyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Bromobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Chloro-4-nitrobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(Tetrahydrofuranyl-2-carbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(Tetrahydrothienyl-2-carbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(Cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(cyclohex-3-enecarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(5-Fluoro-2-methylbenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3- carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Chlorobenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(cyclopentylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(cyclohexylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(3-Methyl-2-thienylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-3-thienylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(3-Methyl-2-furanylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-3-furanylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(3-Methyl-2-tetrahydrothienylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-3-tetrahydrothienylacetyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2,5-Dichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(3,5-Dichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-4-chlorobenzoyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2,3-Dimethylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Methoxybenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Trifluoromethoxybenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(4-Chloro-2-methoxybenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[[2-(Trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2,6-Dichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2,6-Dimethylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Methylthiobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(4-Fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2,3-Dichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(4-Fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2,3,5-Trichlorobenzoyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(5-Fluoro-2-chlorobenzoyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(2-Fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid PAC 6-[(5-Fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chlorideA mixture of 6.2 g of 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid and 23 ml of thionyl chloride is refluxed for 1 hour. An additional 12 ml of thionyl chloride is added and the mixture refluxed for 0.5 hour. The mixture is concentrated to dryness under vacuum and 30 ml of toluene added to the residue. The toluene is removed under vacuum and the process (add toluene and remove) is repeated to give 7.7 g of crude product as a solid.
As described for Reference Example 82, the following 6-(acyl)amino)pyridine-3-carbonyl chlorides are prepared.
PAC 6-[(3-Methyl-2-thienylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-3-thienylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(3-Methyl-2-furanylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-3-furanylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(3-Fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Chlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride, white crystals PAC 6-[(2-Fluorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Chloro-4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2,4-Dichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(4-Chloro-2-fluorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(3,4,5-Trimethoxybenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2,4-Difluorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Bromobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Chloro-4-nitrobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(Tetrahydrofuranyl-2-carbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(Tetrahydrothienyl-2-carbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(Cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(Cyclohex-3-enecarbonyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methylbenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Chlorobenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(Cyclopentylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(Cyclohexylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(3-Methyl-2-thienylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-3-thienylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(3-Methyl-2-furanylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-3-furanylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-5-fluorobenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(3-Methyl-2-tetrahydrothienylacetyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-3-tetrahydrothienylacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2,5-Dichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(3,5-Dichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methyl-4-chlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2,3-Dimethylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methoxybenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Trifluoromethoxybenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(4-Chloro-2-methoxybenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6[[2-(Trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2,6-Dichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2,6-Dimethylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Methylthiobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(4-Fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2,3-Dichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(4-Fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2,3,5-Trichlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(5-Fluoro-2-chlorobenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 6-[(2-Fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride PAC 1-(3--Nitro-2-pyridinyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehydeA sample (3.6 g) of sodium hydride (60% in oil) is washed with hexane under argon. To the sodium hydride is added 100 ml of dry N,N-dimethylformamide. The mixture is cooled in an ice bath and 7.8 g of 1H-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde is added in small portions. After the addition the cooled mixture is stirred for 15 minutes and 13.0 g of 2-chloro-3-nitropyridine is added. The mixture is heated at 120°C for 16 hours. The solvent is removed under vacuum at 80°C and to the dark residue is added 200 ml of ethyl acetate. The mixture is filtered and to the filtrate is added 100 ml of water. The mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and then filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The filtrate is diluted with water, the organic layer separated, washed 2 times with 100 ml of water and once with 100 ml of brine and then dried (Na2 SO4). The solvent is removed under vacuum to give 16 g of solid. The solid is chromatographed on a silica gel column with hexane-ethyl acetate (2:1) as solvent to give crystals which are recrystalizzed from ethyl acetate-hexane (97:3) to give 8.5 g of product as crystals, m.p. 122°-125°C
PAC 5,6-Dihydropyrido[3,2-e]pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazineTo a suspension of 8.0 g of 1-(3-nitro-2-pyridinyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde in 150 ml of ethyl acetate is added 800 mg of 10% Pd/C. The mixture is shaken in a Parr hydrogenator for 3 hours and then filtered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum to give 8.5 g of solid. The solid is purified by chromatography over silica gel with solvent hexane-ethyl acetate (2:1) as solvent to give 2.6 g of product as white crystals, m.p. 92°-94°C and 1.6 g of pyrido[3,2-a]pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazine as tan needles, m.p. 88°C to 90°C
As described for Reference Example 35, the following bis acylated products (Table A) are prepared and purified by silica gel chromatography. These compounds are then hydrolysed to the acids as described in Example 35 (Table B).
| TABLE A |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR332## |
| Ref |
| Ex No. R1 |
| R2 R3 |
| R4 X M+ |
| ______________________________________ |
| 132 CH3 |
| H H H H 388 |
| 133 CH3 |
| H H F H 424 |
| 134 CH3 |
| F H H H 426 |
| 135 H OCH3 OCH3 |
| OCH3 |
| H 540 |
| 136 Cl H H H H 430 |
| 137 F H F H H 396 |
| 138 Br H H H H 520 |
| 139 Cl H F H H 412 |
| 140 Ph H H H H 512 |
| 142 Cl H H Br H 474 |
| 143 CH3 |
| H H F Br |
| 144 CH3 |
| H H H Br 468 |
| ______________________________________ |
| M+ is molecular ion found from FAB mass spectrum |
| TABLE B |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR333## |
| Ref |
| Ex No. R1 |
| R2 R3 |
| R4 X M+ |
| ______________________________________ |
| 145 CH3 |
| H H H H 256 |
| 146 CH3 |
| H H F H 274 |
| 147 CH3 |
| F H H H 274 |
| 148 H OCH3 OCH3 |
| OCH3 |
| H 332 |
| 149 Cl H H H H 276 |
| 150 F H F H H 278 |
| 151 Br H H H H 322 |
| 152 Cl H F H H 294 |
| 153 Ph H H H H 318 |
| 154 Cl H H Br H 356 |
| 155 CH3 |
| H H F Cl |
| 156 CH3 |
| H H H Br 336 |
| ______________________________________ |
| M+ is molecular ion found from FAB mass spectrum. |
To a stirred solution of 6-aminonicotinic acid 13.8 g, 0.1 mole) in glacial acetic acid (100 ml), bromine (16 g, 5 ml, 0.1 mole) in acetic acid (20 ml) is added slowly. The reaction mixture is stirred for 8 hours at room temperature and the acetic acid is removed under reduced pressure. The yellow solid residue is dissolved in water and carefully neutralized with 30% NH4 OH. The separated solid is filtered and washed with water to give 18 g of solid; mass spectrum: 218 (M+).
PAC Methyl 6-amino-5-bromopyridine-3-carboxylate6-Amino-5-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (10 g, 50 mmol) is dissolved in saturated methanolic HCl (100 ml) and refluxed for 24 hours. The solvent, methanol, is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is dissolved in ice cold water. The aqueous solution is neutralized with 0.1N NaOH and the solid which separates is filtered; washed well with water and air dried to yield 10 g of product as a solid: mass spectrum 231 (M+).
PAC 10-[[6-Chloro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]ben zodiazepineTo a mixture of 1.84 g of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 1.52 g of triethylamine in 20 ml of dichloromethane is added a solution of 2.11 g of 6-chloronicotinyl chloride in 5 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and quenched with 30 ml of 1N sodium hydroxide. The mixture is diluted with 20 ml of dichloromethane and the organic layer separated. The organic layer is washed twice with 20 ml of 1N sodium hydroxide, washed with brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue triturated with ether to give 3.22 g of white solid; mass spectrum (CI) 324 (M+H).
PAC 10-[[6-[(2-dimethylaminoethyl)amino]-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H -pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepineA mixture of 10-[[6-chloro-3-pyridinyl]-carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]b enzodiazepine (3.2 g), K2 CO3 (5 g) and the 2-dimethylaminoethylamine (5 ml) is heated in dimethylsulfoxide (80 ml) for 6 hours at 100°C (with stirring) . The reaction mixture is quenched with water and the solid which separates, is filtered off and washed well with water. Examination of the TLC (CHCl3 : MeOH; 3:1) showed the products to be sufficiently pure to be used for further reactions without purification. Yield 3.2 g, 85%, mass spectrum (CI) 376 (M+1).
PAC 6-[(2-Methylbenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acidTo a cooled (0°C) mixture of 5.0 g methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate, 12.6 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 40 ml of dichloromethane is added a solution of 12.2 g of 2-methylbenzeneacetyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred under argon at room temperature overnight. The mixture is diluted with 200 ml of dichloromethane and 50 ml of water and the organic layer separated. The organic layer is washed with 50 ml each of 1M NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness. The residue (9.0 g) is chromatographed on a silica gel column with hexane-ethyl acetate (3:1) as eluent to give 8.6 g of solid. This solid, mainly methyl 6-[[bis(2-methylbenzeneacetyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate, is dissolved in 60 ml of tetrahydrofuran-methanol (1:1) and 23 ml of 5N NaOH added to the solution. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and the mixture concentrated under vacuum. Water (25 ml) is added and the mixture is stirred and acidified with cold 1N HCl. The mixture is chilled and the solid filtered and washed with water to give 5.9 g of off-white solid.
PAC 6-[(2-Methylbenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chlorideA mixture of 4.5 g of 6-[(2-methylbenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid and 25 ml of thionyl chloride is refluxed for 1 hour and then concentrated to dryness under vacuum. To the residue is added 20 ml of toluene and the solvent removed under vacuum. The addition and removal of toluene is repeated and the residual solid dried at room temperature under vacuum to give 5.3 g of dark brown solid.
PAC 6-[(2-Methylbenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acidTo a chilled solution (0°C) of 5.0 g of methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate and 12.6 ml of diisopropylethylamine in 40 ml of dichloromethane under argon is added 12.2 g of 2-methylbenzeneacetyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature 16 hours and diluted with 200 ml of dichloromethane and 50 ml of water. The organic layer is separated and washed with 50 ml each of 1M NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness. The residue (9.0 g) is purified by chromatography on silica gel with hexaneethyl acetate (3:1) as eluent to give 0.70 g of methyl 6-[[bis(2-methylbenzeneacetyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate and 8.6 g of a mixture of methyl 6-[(2-methylbenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate and the bis acylated product. The above mixture (8.6 g) of mono and bis acylated product is dissolved in 60 ml of tetrahydrofuran-methanol (1:1) and 23 ml of 5N NaOH is added. The solution is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, concentrated under vacuum, diluted with 25 ml of H2 O and acidified with cold 1N HCl. The precipitated solid is filtered off and dried to give 5.9 g of white solid.
PAC 6-[(2-Methylbenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chlorideA mixture of 4.5 g of 6-[(2-methylbenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid and 17 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1/2 hour. An additional 815 ml of thionyl chloride is added and the mixture refluxed for 0.5 hour. The volatiles are removed under vacuum and toluene (20 ml) added (twice) and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 5.3 g of a dark colored solid.
PAC 2-Biphenylcarbonyl chlorideA mixture of 5.6 g of 2-biphenylcarboxylic acid and 29 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 0.5 hour and the volatiles removed under vacuum. Toluene (40 ml) is added (twice) and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 6.8 g of a yellow oil.
PAC Methyl 6-[[bis(2-biphenylcarbonyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylateTo a chilled (0°C) solution of 2.64 g of methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate and 5.5 ml of diisopropylethylamine in 30 ml of dichloromethane under argon is added 6.8 g of 2-biphenylcarbonyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature 2 days and then diluted with 120 ml of dichloromethane and 50 ml of water. The organic layer is separated, washed with 50 ml each of 1 M NaHCO3 and brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to give a solid. Crystallization from ethyl acetate gives 6.2 g of white crystals, m.p. 180°-188°C
PAC 6-[(2-Biphenylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acidTo a chilled (0°C) mixture of 6.0 g of methyl 6-[[bis(2-biphenylcarbonyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate in 40 ml of methanol and 30 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added slowly 18 ml of 2N NaOH. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and brought to pH 5 with glacial acetic acid. The mixture is concentrated, acidified to pH 2-3 with 1N HCl and extracted with 250 ml of ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with 50 ml of brine, dried (Na2 SO4) and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residual white solid is triturated with 15 ml of ethyl acetate to give 3.35 g of white crystals, m.p. 215°-217°C
PAC 6-[(2-Biphenylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chlorideA mixture of 1.9 g of 6-[(2-biphenylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid and 9 ml of thionyl chloride is refluxed for 1 hour and then concentrated to dryness under vacuum. Toluene (15 ml) is added (twice) to the residue and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 2.1 g of a light brown oil.
PAC 6-[(Cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acidTo a chilled (0°C) solution of 5.0 g of methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate and 12.6 ml of diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of dichloromethane under argon is added a solution of 9.7 ml of cyclohexylcarbonyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and diluted with 200 ml of dichloromethane and 60 ml of water. The organic layer is separated, washed with 60 ml of brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to give 12.8 g of a solid.
The above solid (12.0 g) in a mixture of 150 ml of tetrahydrofuran-methanol (1:1) is chilled (0°C) and 62 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, neutralized with 10 ml of glacial acetic acid and concentrated under vacuum. The mixture (containing solid) is acidified to pH 1 with 1N HCl and extracted with 250 ml of ethyl acetate and twice with 100 ml of ethyl acetate. The combined extract is washed with 100 ml of brine, dried (Na2 SO4) and concentrated to a white solid. Trituration with hexane gives 6.5 g of product as a white solid.
PAC 5-[(6-Chloro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]-5,10-dihydro-4H-pyrazolo[5,1-c][14]benzo diazenineTo a solution of 10 mmol of 5,10-dihydro-4H-pyrazolo[5,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 1.5 g of triethylamine in 20 ml of dichloromethane is added a solution of 2.11 g of 6-chloropyridine-3-carbonyl chloride in 5 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred for 3 hours at room temperature diluted with 20 ml of dichloromethane and washed with 30 ml of 1N NaOH. The organic layer is washed twice with 20 ml of 1N NaOH, dried (Na2 SO4) and the solvent removed. The residue is triturated with ether to give 3 g of solid.
PAC Methyl 4-[([1.1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-3-methoxybenzoateA mixture of 10.0 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxylic acid in 75 ml of methylene chloride and 12.52 g of oxalyl chloride is stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 11.06 g of an oil. A 2.16 g portion of the above oil in 25 ml of methylene chloride is reacted with 1.81 g of methyl 4-amino-3-methoxybenzoate and 1.30 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 3.20 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 115°-117°C
PAC Methyl 4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoateA solution of 2.37 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 10 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.84 g of methyl 4-amino-2-chlorobenzoate and 1.49 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added at the boil to give 1.1 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 132-°134°C M+ H=365
PAC 4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoic AcidA mixture of 3.0 g of methyl 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoate in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 2.0 ml of 10N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 0.1 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 217°-219°C
PAC 4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)-amino]-3-methoxybenzoyl ChlorideA solution of 2.69 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-methoxy benzoic acid in 5 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour under Argon. The volatiles are removed in vacuo to give a residue which is stirred with hexane to give 2.58 g of crystalline solid, m.p. 121°-123°C M+=361.
PAC Methyl 4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoateA mixture of 10.0 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxylic acid in 75 ml of methylene chloride and 12.52 g of oxalyl chloride is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 11.66 g of an oil. A 7.5 g portion of the above oil in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to a solution of 4.53 g of methyl 4-aminobenzoate and 4.3 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 100 ml of methylene chloride at 0°C The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 8.38 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 163-°165°C
PAC 4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoic AcidA 3.15 g sample of methyl 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoate is refluxed for 8 hours in 100 ml of ethyl alcohol and 2.5 ml of 10N sodium hydroxide. The cooled reaction mixture is acidified with [[? acid]] and the desired product collected and dried to give 2.9 g of the desired product as a solid m.p. 246°-249°C M+H=318.
PAC 4-[([(1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl ChlorideA mixture of 1.39 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoic acid in 2.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. Cold hexane is added and the crystalline solid collected and dried to give 1.34 g of the desired product, m.p. 118°-120°C
PAC 2-(Phenylmethyl)benzoyl ChlorideA mixture of 5.0 g of 2-(phenylmethyl)benzoic acid in 5.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 5.74 g of the desired product as an oil. M+ =227 as methyl ester.
PAC Methyl 4-[[2-(Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoateTo 3.03 g of methyl 4-aminobenzoate and 3.12 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 75 ml of methylene chloride is added 5.54 g of 2-(phenylmethyl)benzoyl chloride and the reactants stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate two times and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 5.04 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 138°-139°C
PAC Sodium 4-[[2-(Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoateA mixture of 4.90 g of methyl 4-[[2-(phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoate in 100 ml of absolute ethanol and 3.50 ml of 10N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. The aqueous phase is filtered and the resulting solid collected and dried to give 4.25 g of the desired product m.p. 340°-346°C
PAC 4-[[2-(Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoic AcidA mixture of 4.0 g sodium 4-[[2-(phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoate is suspended in water and the pH adjusted to 5 with acetic acid. The solid is collected by filtration and dried at 80°C in vacuo to give 3.75 g of the desired product, 246°-247°C M+ =332.
PAC 4-[[2-(Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoyl ChlorideA mixture of 2.0 g of 4-[[2-(phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoic acid in 2.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 1.53 g of the desired product as an oil. M+ =346 as methyl ester.
PAC Methyl 4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]-2-chlorobenzoateA mixture of 5.0 g of 2-(phenylmethyl)benzoic acid in 5.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 5.70 g of an oil. A 2.85 g portion of the above oil in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added to a solution of 50 ml of methylene chloride containing 1.85 g of methyl 4-amino-2-chlorobenzoate and 1.65 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate two times and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 2.96 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 133°-135°C M+ =380.
PAC Methyl 4-[[4-2-Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]-3-methoxybenzoateA solution of 2.85 g of 2-(phenylmethyl)benzoyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.84 g of methyl 4-amino-3-methoxybenzoate and 1.61 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added at the boil to give 2.2 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 129°-131°C M+ =376.
PAC 2-Chloro-4-[[(2-Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoic AcidA mixture of 2.8 g of methyl 2-chloro-4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]aminobenzoate in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 1.84 ml of 10N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 2.6 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 184°-187°C M+ H=366.
PAC 3-Methoxy-4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoateA mixture of 2.05 g of methyl 4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]-3-methoxybenzoate in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 1.4 ml of 10N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 1.87 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 176°-178°C M+ H=362.
PAC 3-Methoxy-4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoyl ChlorideA mixture of 1.71 g of 3-methoxy-4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoic acid in 2.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath under Argon for 1 hour and hexane added. The resulting solid is collected and dried to give 1.71 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 130°-135°C M+ =376 as the methyl ester.
PAC [4'-(Trifluoromethyl)-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl ChlorideA mixture of 5.0 g of 4'-(trifluoromethyl)-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxylic acid in 5.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath under Argon for 1 hour and hexane added. The resulting solid is collected and dried to give 5.36 g of the desired product as a colorless oil. M+ =280 as methyl ester.
PAC Methyl 2-Chloro-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1 '-biphenyl]carbonyl)amino]benzoateA solution of 3.13 g of [4'-(trifluoromethyl)-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.84 g of methyl 4-aminobenzoate and 1.43 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added at the boil to give 3.36 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 164°-165°C M+ =396.
PAC 3-Methoxy-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1 '-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl ChlorideA mixture of 2.0 g of 3-methoxy-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-benzo ic acid in 20 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath under Argon for 1 hour and hexane added. The resulting solid is collected and dried to give 1.92 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 136°-138°C
PAC 3-Methoxy-4-[([4'-trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoic AcidA mixture of 3.78 g of methyl 3-methoxy-4-[([41'-trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoa te in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 2.20 ml of 10N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 3.49 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 213°-215°C
PAC Methyl 3-Methoxy-4-[([4'-trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoatA solution of 3.56 g of [4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.81 g of methyl 4-amino-3-methoxybenzoate and 1.62 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added at the boil to give 3.9 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 112°-113°C
PAC 2-Chloro-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl ChlorideA mixture of 1.39 g of 2-chloro-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoic acid in 2.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is concentrated to a residue in vacuo to a residue. Cold hexane is added to the residue and the solid collected and dried to give 1.39 g of the desired product.
PAC 2-Chloro-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoic acidA mixture of 3.83 g of methyl 2-chloro-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoat e in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 2.20 ml of 10N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 3.42 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 187-°189°C
PAC Methyl 2-Chloro-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoat eA solution of 3.56 g of [41-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 10 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.86 g of methyl 2-chloro-4-aminobenzoate and 1.6 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate(3×) and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 4.0 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 130°-132°C
PAC 4-[([4'-(Trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]carbonyl)amino]benzoic AcidA mixture of 3.0 g of methyl 4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoate in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 2.0 ml of 10N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 2.93 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 243°-245°C M+ =385.
PAC Methyl 6-[[3-(2-methylpyridinyl)carbonyl]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylateTo a stirred solution of 3 g of methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate and 4 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 100 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise a solution of 6.4 g of 2-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and quenched with water. The organic layer is washed with water, dried(MgSO4), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to a residue which is stirred with ether and the resulting solid collected and air dried to give 6.8 g of the desired product. M+ =390.
PAC 6-[[3-(2-methylpyridinyl)carbonyl]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic AcidTo a solution of 6.5 g of methyl 6-[[3-(2-methylpyridinyl)carbonyl]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate in 100 ml of 1:1 tetrahydrofuran:methyl alcohol is added 20 ml of 5N NaOH. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight and evaporated in vacuo to a residue. The residue is dissolved in water and neutralized with acetic acid. The separated solid is filtered and air-dried to give 3.0 g of the desired product. M+ =257.
PAC Methyl 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carboxylateTo a solution of 1.5 g of methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate in 100 ml of methylene chloride is added 3 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine at room temperature. To the stirred reaction mixture is slowly added a solution of 2.5 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then quenched with water. The organic layer is washed well with water and dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to a solid residue. The residue is stirred with ether, filtered and dried to give 3.0 g of the desired product:M+ =332.
PAC 6-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic AcidTo a stirred solution of 2.5 g of methyl 6-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carboxylate in 50 ml of 1:1 tetrahydrofuran:methanol is added 10 ml of 5N sodium hydroxide and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is dissolved in water and neutralized with acetic acid. The separated colorless solid is filtered and air dried to give 2.0 g of the desired product:M+ =318.
PAC Methyl 2-(2-Pyridinyl)benzoateA mixture of 12 g of methyl 2-(iodomethyl)benzoate, 20 g of n-butyl stannane and 2 g of tetrakis-(triphenylphosphine)palladium (O) are refluxed in degassed toluene for 48 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is purified by column chromatography on silica gel by elution with 1:1 ethyl acetate:hexane to give 5.5 g of the desired product as an oil. M+ =213.
PAC 2-(2-Pyridinyl)benzoic AcidA mixture of 3.0 g of methyl 2-(2-pyridinyl)benzoate and 600 mg of sodium hydroxide in 50 ml of 9:1 methanol:water is refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in 50 ml of cold water. The solution is neutralized with glacial acetic acid and the resulting product filtered, washed with water, and dried to give 2.5 g of the desired product:M+1=200.
PAC N-[5-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazetin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]- 5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamideA mixture of thionyl chloride (100 ml) and 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (2.7 g, 10 mmol) is heated to reflux for 5 hours. At the end, excess thionyl chloride is removed and the acid chloride is dissolved in CH2 Cl2 (100 ml). At room temperature, the methylene chloride solution of the 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride is added slowly. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and quenched with ice cold water. The reaction mixture is washed with 0.1N NaOH and subsequently washed with water. The CH2 Cl2 layer is separated; dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The product is purified by silica gel column chromatography by eluting first with 10% ethyl acetate-hexane (1 L) and then with 30% ethyl acetate-hexane. The product is crystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane. Yield 1.0 g, 46 ; mass spectrum (FAB), M+ 1 441; M+ Na: 462.
As described for Example 1, the following compounds are prepared (Table C).
| TABLE C |
| __________________________________________________________________________ |
| ##STR334## |
| Ex. No |
| R1 R2 |
| R3 |
| R4 |
| R5 |
| X M + 1 |
| __________________________________________________________________________ |
| 2 CH3 |
| H H H H H 423 |
| 3 CH3 |
| H H H F H |
| 4 CH3 |
| F H H H H 441 |
| 5 H OCH3 |
| OCH3 |
| OCH3 |
| H H 499 |
| 6 Cl H H H H H 443 |
| 7 F H F H H H 445 |
| 8 Br H H H H H 489 |
| 9 Cl H F H H H 461 |
| 10 Ph H H H H H |
| 11 Cl H H Br H H |
| 12 CH3 |
| H H H H Br |
| 502 |
| 13 CH3 |
| H H F H Cl |
| 14 Cl H H Cl H H |
| 15 CH3 |
| CH3 |
| H H H H |
| 16 Cl H H F H H |
| 17 Cl H H CF3 |
| H H |
| 18 Cl H H H F H |
| 19 Cl H H H Cl H |
| 20 Cl H H F H H |
| 21 |
| ##STR335## |
| H H H H H |
| 22 |
| ##STR336## |
| H H H H H |
| 23 CH3 |
| H H H CH3 |
| H |
| 24 Cl H H F H Cl |
| 25 Cl H F H H Cl |
| 26 Cl Cl H H H H |
| 27 Cl H H Cl H H |
| 28 OCH3 |
| H H H H H |
| 29 OCF3 |
| H H H H H |
| 30 CF3 |
| H H H H H |
| 31 Cl Cl H Cl H H |
| 32 SCH3 |
| H H H H H |
| 33 Cl H NO2 |
| H H H |
| 34 CH3 |
| H H CH3 |
| H H |
| 35 F H H Cl H H |
| 36 Cl H H NH2 |
| H H |
| 37 F CF3 |
| H H H H |
| 38 OCH3 |
| H H Cl H H |
| 39 Cl H H SCH3 |
| H H |
| 40 F H H H CF3 |
| H |
| 41 F H CF3 |
| H H H |
| 42 CF3 |
| H F H H H |
| 43 NO2 |
| H H H H H |
| 44 F H H H H H |
| 45 Cl H NH2 |
| H H H |
| __________________________________________________________________________ |
A mixture of 2.0 mmol of 10,11-dihydro-10-(6-amino-3-pyridinylcarbonyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzo diazepine, 2.1 mmol of 2-methylbenzeneacetyl chloride and 5 mmol of triethylamine in 10 ml of dichloromethane is stirred under argon at room temperature for 16 hours. The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue partitioned between 50 ml of ethyl acetate and 25 ml of water. The organic layer is separated, washed with H2 O, 1N NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solvent is removed and the residue chromatographed on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane as solvent to give the product as a solid.
As described for Example 46, the following compounds are prepared (Table D).
| TABLE D |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR337## |
| Ex No. |
| R1 R2 R3 |
| R4 R5 |
| X |
| ______________________________________ |
| 47 CH3 H H CH3 |
| H H |
| 48 CH3 H H H H Br |
| 49 CH3 H H H H Cl |
| 50 Cl H H H H H |
| 51 Cl H H H H Br |
| 52 Cl H H H H Cl |
| 53 Cl H Cl H H H |
| 54 Cl H Cl H H Br |
| 55 Cl H Cl H H Cl |
| 56 OCH3 |
| H H H H H |
| 57 OCH3 |
| H H H H Br |
| 58 OCH3 |
| H H H H Cl |
| 59 OCH3 |
| H H OCH3 |
| H H |
| 60 OCH3 |
| H H OCH3 |
| H Br |
| 61 OCH3 |
| H H OCH3 |
| H Cl |
| 62 H OCH3 OCH3 |
| H H H |
| 63 H OCH3 OCH3 |
| H H Br |
| 64 H OCH3 OCH3 |
| H H Cl |
| 65 H Cl H H H H |
| 66 H Cl H H H Br |
| 67 H Cl H H H Cl |
| 68 H H Cl H H H |
| 69 H H Cl H H Br |
| 70 H H Cl H H Cl |
| 71 F H H H H H |
| 72 F H H H H Br |
| 73 F H H H H Cl |
| 74 H F H H H H |
| 75 H F H H H Br |
| 76 H F H H H Cl |
| 77 H H F H H H |
| 78 H H F H H Br |
| 79 H H F H H Cl |
| 80 H CH3 H H H H |
| 81 H CH3 H H H Br |
| 82 H CH3 H H H Cl |
| ______________________________________ |
A mixture of 2.0 mmol of 10,11-dihydro-10-(6-amino-3-pyridinylcarbonyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzo diazepine and 4.0 mmol of (2-methylphenyl)isocyanate in 12 ml of tetrahydrofuran is refluxed for 16 hours. The solvent is removed and the residue chromatographed on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane as solvent to give the product as a solid.
As described for Example 83, the following compounds are prepared (Table E).
| TABLE E |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR338## |
| Ex No. R1 |
| R2 R3 |
| R4 |
| R5 |
| X |
| ______________________________________ |
| 84 H CH3 H H H H |
| 85 H CH3 H H H Br |
| 86 H CH3 H H H Cl |
| 87 H H CH3 |
| H H H |
| 88 H H CH3 |
| H H Br |
| 89 H H CH3 |
| H H Cl |
| 90 Cl H H H H H |
| 91 Cl H H H H Br |
| 92 Cl H H H H Cl |
| 93 H Cl H H H H |
| 94 H Cl H H H Br |
| 95 H Cl H H H Cl |
| 96 H H Cl H H H |
| 97 H H Cl H H Br |
| 98 H H Cl H H Cl |
| 99 Cl Cl H H H H |
| 100 Cl Cl H H H Br |
| 101 Cl Cl H H H Cl |
| 102 Cl H Cl H H H |
| 103 Cl H Cl H H Br |
| 104 Cl H Cl H H Cl |
| 105 Cl H H H Cl H |
| 106 Cl H H H Cl Br |
| 107 Cl H H H Cl Cl |
| 108 H Cl Cl H H H |
| 109 H Cl Cl H H Br |
| 110 H Cl Cl H H Cl |
| 111 F H F H H H |
| 112 F H F H H Br |
| 113 F H F H H Cl |
| 114 F H H F H H |
| 115 F H H F H Br |
| 116 F H H F H Cl |
| 117 F H H H F H |
| 118 F H H H F Br |
| 119 F H H H F Cl |
| ______________________________________ |
A mixture of 0.44 g of N-[5-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl] -5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide, 5 ml of a 40% aqueous solution of dimethylamine and 5 ml of an aqueous solution of formaldehyde in 50 ml of tetrahydrofuranmethanol (1:1) is refluxed for 16 hours in the presence of a drop of glacial acetic acid. The mixture is concentrated under vacuum and the residue extracted with chloroform. The extract is washed with water, dried (MgSO4) and the solvent removed. The residue is purified by column chromatography on silica gel with 5% methanol in chloroform as eluent to give 0.45 g of solid: mass spectrum (CI) 499 (M+1).
The following Examples are prepared as described for Example 120 with formaldehyde and the appropriate amine.
PAC N-[5-[[3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-[5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11 H)]-yl]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-5-chloro-2-methylbenzamide PAC N-[5-[[3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-[5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11 H)]-yl]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-3-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide PAC N-[5-[[3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-[5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11 H)]-yl]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-chloro-4-fluorobenzamide PAC N-[5-[[3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-[5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11 H)]-yl]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-chloro-5-fluorobenzamide PAC N-[5-[[3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-[5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11 H)]-yl]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-chlorobenzamide PAC N-[5-[[3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-[5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11 H)]-yl]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-fluoro-5-chlorobenzamide PAC N-[5-[[3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-[5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11 H)]-yl]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-2,4-dichlorobenzamide PAC N-[5-[[3-(1-Pyrrolidinylmethyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H) -yl]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-chloro-4-fluorobenzamide PAC N-[5-[[3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-[5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11 H)]-yl]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-chlorobenzeneacetamide PAC N-[2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl]-N-[5-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H )-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamideTo a solution of 0.75 g of 10-[[6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino]-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5 H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 5 ml of diisopropylethylamine in 75 ml of dichloromethane is added (slowly) 0.35 g of 5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and the solution washed well with water. The organic layer is dried (MgSO4) and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by column chromatography on silica gel with 30% methanol in chloroform as eluent to give 0.80 g of yellow solid; mass spectrum (CI), 511 (M+1).
PAC N-[3-(Dimethylamino)propyl]-N-[5-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11 H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamideA solution of 6.35 g of 5-fluoro-2-methyl -benzoyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane is added to a solution of 2 mmol of 10-[[6-[3-(dimethylamino)propylamino]-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro- 5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 5 ml of diisopropylethylamine in 75 ml of dichloromethane. The solution is stirred 16 hours at room temperature, washed with water, dried (MgSO4) and the solvent removed. The residue is purified by column chromatography over silica gel with 30% methanol in chloroform as eluent to give 0.75 g of solid; mass spectrum (CI) 525 (M+1).
PAC N-[2-(Dimethylamino)methyl]-N-5-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H )-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-3-methylbenzamideAs described for Example 130, a solution of 2 mmol of 10-[[6-[2-(dimethylamino)methylamino]-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro- 5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine, 8 ml of diisopropylethylamine, and 2.2 mmol of 5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl chloride in 100 ml of dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solvent is removed and the product purified by chromatography on silica gel to give a solid.
PAC N-[5-[[3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-[5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11 H)]yl]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-3,4,5-trimethoxybenzamideA mixture of 1.0 g of N-[5-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl] -3,4,5-trimethoxybenzamide, 10 ml of 40% aqueous dimethylamine, 10 ml of 35% aqueous formaldehyde in 50 ml of tetrahydrofuran-methanol (1:1) plus 1 drop of acetic acid is refluxed for 16 hours. The mixture is concentrated and the residue extracted with chloroform. The extract is washed with water, dried (MgSO4), concentrated and the residue purified by column chromatography (silica gel) with 5% methanol in chloroform as eluent. The fractions containing product are combined to give 0.80 g of solid; mass spectrum (CI) 556 (M+1).
PAC N-[5-(Pyrido[3,2-e]pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazin-5(6H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]-5-f luoro-2-methylbenzamideTo a chilled (0°C) solution of 0.343 g of 5,6-dihydropyrido[3,2-e]pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazine and 1.1 ml of triethylamine in 5 ml of dichloromethane is added 1.17 g of 6-(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)aminopyridine-3-carbonyl chloride. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. To the mixture is added 50 ml of dichloromethane and 20 ml of water. The organic layer is separated and washed with 20 ml each of 1M NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layer is dried (Na2 SO4) and passed through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the pad washed with dichloromethane. The filtrate is concentrated and the residue chromatographed on silica gel prep-plates with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:1) as eluent. The product is crystallized from ethyl acetate to give 0.38 g of white crystals, m.p. 226°-234°C
As described for Example 134 the following compounds are prepared (Table F).
| TABLE F |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR339## |
| Ex No. R1 |
| R2 R3 |
| R4 |
| R5 |
| X |
| ______________________________________ |
| 135 H CH3 H H H H |
| 136 H CH3 H H H Br |
| 137 H CH3 H H H Cl |
| 138 H H CH3 |
| H H H |
| 139 H H CH3 |
| H H Br |
| 140 H H CH3 |
| H H Cl |
| 141 Cl H H H H H |
| 142 Cl H H H H Br |
| 143 Cl H H H H Cl |
| 144 H Cl H H H H |
| 145 H Cl H H H Br |
| 146 H Cl H H H Cl |
| 147 H H Cl H H H |
| 148 H H Cl H H Br |
| 149 H H Cl H H Cl |
| 150 Cl Cl H H H H |
| 151 Cl Cl H H H Br |
| 152 Cl Cl H H H Cl |
| 153 Cl H Cl H H H |
| 154 Cl H Cl H H Br |
| 155 Cl H Cl H H Cl |
| 156 Cl H H H Cl H |
| 157 Cl H H H Cl Br |
| 158 Cl H H H Cl Cl |
| 159 H Cl Cl H H H |
| 160 H Cl Cl H H Br |
| 161 H Cl CI H H Cl |
| 162 F H F H H H |
| 163 F H F H H Br |
| 164 F H F H H Cl |
| 165 F H H F H H |
| 166 F H H F H Br |
| 167 F H H F H Cl |
| 168 F H H H F H |
| 169 F H H H F Br |
| 170 F H H H F Cl |
| ______________________________________ |
To a chilled (0°C) solution of 0.341 g of 4,5-dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline and 1.11 ml of triethylamine in 5 ml of dichloromethane is added 1.17 g of 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride. The mixture is stirred under argon at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture is diluted with 50 ml of dichloromethane and 20 ml of water and the organic layer is separated. The organic layer is washed with 20 ml each of 1M NaHCO3 and brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the pad washed with dichloromethane. The filtrate is concentrated and the residue purified on silica gel prep-plates with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:1) as solvent to give a solid. The solid is crystallized from ethyl acetate to give 0.38 g of crystals, m.p. 190°-196°C
As described for Example 171 the following compounds are prepared (Table G).
| TABLE G |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR340## |
| Ex No. R1 |
| R2 R3 |
| R4 |
| R5 |
| X |
| ______________________________________ |
| 172 H CH3 H H H H |
| 173 H CH3 H H H Br |
| 174 H CH3 H H H Cl |
| 175 H H CH3 |
| H H H |
| 176 H H CH3 |
| H H Br |
| 177 H H CH3 |
| H H Cl |
| 178 Cl H H H H H |
| 179 Cl H H H H Br |
| 180 Cl H H H H Cl |
| 181 H Cl H H H H |
| 182 H Cl H H H Br |
| 183 H Cl H H H Cl |
| 184 H H Cl H H H |
| 185 H H Cl H H Br |
| 186 H H Cl H H Cl |
| 187 Cl Cl H H H H |
| 188 Cl Cl H H H Br |
| 189 Cl Cl H H H Cl |
| 190 Cl H Cl H H H |
| 191 Cl H Cl H H Br |
| 192 Cl H Cl H H Cl |
| 193 Cl H H H Cl H |
| 194 Cl H H H Cl Br |
| 195 Cl H H H Cl Cl |
| 196 H Cl Cl H H H |
| 197 H Cl Cl H H Br |
| 198 H Cl Cl H H Cl |
| 199 F H F H H H |
| 200 F H F H H Br |
| 201 F H F H H Cl |
| 202 F H H F H H |
| 203 F H H F H Br |
| 204 F H H F H Cl |
| 205 F H H H F H |
| 206 F H H H F Br |
| 207 F H H H F Cl |
| ______________________________________ |
To a chilled (0°C) solution of 0.37 g of 5,10-dihydro-4H-pyrazolo[5,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 836 microliters of triethylamine in 5 ml of dichloromethane is added 0.761 g of 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride. The mixture is stirred at room temperature under argon for 5 hours. An additional 420 microliters of triethylamine and 0.38 g of 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride is added and the mixture stirred 16 hours. The mixture is diluted with 60 ml of dichloromethane and washed with 25 ml each of H2 O, 1M NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solution is filtered (twice) through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the pad washed with dichloromethane. The filtrate is concentrated to give a yellow glass (0.68 g) which is crystallized from ethyl acetate to give 0.38 g of white crystals, m.p. 250°-260°C; mass spectrum (FABL) 442.4 (M+H).
| TABLE H |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR341## |
| Ex No. R1 |
| R2 R3 |
| R4 |
| R5 |
| X |
| ______________________________________ |
| 209 H CH3 H H H H |
| 210 H CH3 H H H Br |
| 211 H CH3 H H H Cl |
| 212 H H CH3 |
| H H H |
| 213 H H CH3 |
| H H Br |
| 214 H H CH3 |
| H H Cl |
| 215 Cl H H H H H |
| 216 Cl H H H H Br |
| 217 Cl H H H H Cl |
| 218 H Cl H H H H |
| 219 H Cl H H H Br |
| 220 H Cl H H H Cl |
| 221 H H Cl H H H |
| 222 H H Cl H H Br |
| 223 H H Cl H H Cl |
| 224 Cl Cl H H H H |
| 225 Cl Cl H H H Br |
| 226 Cl Cl H H H Cl |
| 227 Cl H Cl H H H |
| 228 Cl H Cl H H Br |
| 229 Cl H Cl H H Cl |
| 230 Cl H H H Cl H |
| 231 Cl H H H Cl Br |
| 232 Cl H H H Cl Cl |
| 233 H Cl Cl H H H |
| 234 H Cl Cl H H Br |
| 235 H Cl Cl H H Cl |
| 236 F H F H H H |
| 237 F H F H H Br |
| 238 F H F H H Cl |
| 239 F H H F H H |
| 240 F H H F H Br |
| 241 F H H F H Cl |
| 242 F H H H F H |
| 243 F H H H F Br |
| 244 F H H H F Cl |
| ______________________________________ |
To a chilled (0°C) solution of 0.185 g of 5,10-dihydro-4H-pyrazolo[5,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 417 μl of triethylamine in 3.5 ml of dichloromethane is added 0.35 g of 6-(2-biphenylcarbonyl)aminopyridine-3-carbonyl chloride in 1.5 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature under argon for 16 hours, diluted with 40 ml of dichloromethane and 20 ml of water. The organic layer is separated, washed with 20 ml of brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness under vacuum to give 0.4 g of solid. The solid is purified on silica gel prep-plates with ethyl acetate-hexane (3:1) as eluent to give 170 mg of a brown glass, m.p. 110°-150°C
As described for Example 245, the following derivatives are prepared (Table H).
| TABLE H |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR342## |
| Ex. No. R1 X R2 |
| ______________________________________ |
| 246 H Cl |
| ##STR343## |
| 247 H H |
| ##STR344## |
| 248 H H |
| ##STR345## |
| 249 H H |
| ##STR346## |
| 250 H H |
| ##STR347## |
| 251 Cl Cl |
| ##STR348## |
| 252 Cl H |
| ##STR349## |
| 253 H Cl |
| ##STR350## |
| 254 H H |
| ##STR351## |
| 255 Cl H |
| ##STR352## |
| 256 H Cl |
| ##STR353## |
| 257 H H |
| ##STR354## |
| 258 H Cl |
| ##STR355## |
| 259 H H |
| ##STR356## |
| 260 H H |
| ##STR357## |
| ______________________________________ |
A mixture of 0.16 g of 10-[(6-chloro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]be nzodiazepine, 40 mg of pyridine and 2 ml of 2-methylpropylamine is stirred and heated at 100°C in a sealed vessel for 1 hour. To the mixture is added 0.2 ml of N,N-dimethylpropyleneurea and the mixture is heated at 110°C for 7 hours. The volatiles are removed under vacuum and 10 ml of 0.5N NaOH is added to the residue. The mixture is filtered and the solid washed with water and then hexane. The solid is dissolved in ethyl acetate and the solution washed with 0.5N NaOH, brine and dried (Na2 SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness. The residue is triturated with diisopropylether-hexane to give 0.18 g of white solid; mass spectrum (CI) 361 (M+H).
As described for Example 261, the following derivatives are prepared (Table I).
| TABLE I |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR358## |
| Ex. No. D R |
| ______________________________________ |
| *262 C CH2 CH2 C(CH3)3 |
| **263 C |
| ##STR359## |
| 264 C |
| ##STR360## |
| 265 C CH2 CH2 C(CH3)2 CH2 CH3 |
| 266 C CH2 (CH2)4 CH3 |
| 267 C |
| ##STR361## |
| 268 C CH2 CH2 CH(CH3)2 |
| 269 N CH2 CH2 C(CH3)3 |
| 270 N |
| ##STR362## |
| 271 N |
| ##STR363## |
| 272 N CH2 (CH2)4 CH3 |
| ______________________________________ |
| *mass spectrum (CI) 389 (M + 1) |
| **mass spectrum (CI) 401 (M + 1) |
A mixture of 0.16 g of 10-[(6-chloro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]be nzodiazepine, 0.5 ml of benzylamine and 0.2 ml of N,N'-dimethylpropyleneurea is stirred and heated at 110°C for 7 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture is washed with hexane (3 times 10 ml). The residue is dissolved in water and made alkaline with 1N NaOH. The suspension is washed with H2 O and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extract is washed with brine, dried (Na2 SO4) and filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The filtrate is evaporated and the residue triturated with diethyl ether-hexane to give 0.20 g of white solid; mass spectrum (CI) 395 (M+H).
As described for Example 273, the following derivatives are prepared (Table J).
| TABLE J |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR364## |
| Ex. No. D R |
| ______________________________________ |
| 274 C |
| ##STR365## |
| 275 C |
| ##STR366## |
| 276 C |
| ##STR367## |
| 277 C |
| ##STR368## |
| 278 C |
| ##STR369## |
| 279 C |
| ##STR370## |
| 280 C |
| ##STR371## |
| 281 N |
| ##STR372## |
| 282 N |
| ##STR373## |
| 283 N |
| ##STR374## |
| 284 N |
| ##STR375## |
| 285 N |
| ##STR376## |
| 286 N |
| ##STR377## |
| 287 N |
| ##STR378## |
| ______________________________________ |
To a suspension of 35 mg of sodium hydride (60% in oil) in 3 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added under argon 0.10 g of cyclohexylmercaptan. A white precipitate forms and after 0.5 hour at room temperature, 1 ml of N,N'-dimethylpropyleneurea is added. To the mixture is added 0.13 g of 10-[(6-chloro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]be nzodiazepine in 2 ml of tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, quenched with water and ammonium chloride and concentrated under vacuum. The aqueous suspension is filtered and the solid washed with water and hexane. The solid is purified by chromatography on silica gel prep-plates with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:4) as eluent to give 0.13 g of white solid; mass spectrum (CI): 404 (M+H).
As described for Example 288, the following derivatives are prepared (Table K).
| TABLE K |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR379## |
| Ex. No. D R |
| ______________________________________ |
| 289 C |
| ##STR380## |
| 290 C |
| ##STR381## |
| 291 C CH2 CH2 C(CH3)3 |
| 292 C |
| ##STR382## |
| 293 C |
| ##STR383## |
| 294 N |
| ##STR384## |
| 295 N |
| ##STR385## |
| 296 N CH2 CH2 C(CH3)3 |
| 297 N |
| ##STR386## |
| 298 N |
| ##STR387## |
| 299 N |
| ##STR388## |
| 300 C |
| ##STR389## |
| ______________________________________ |
A mixture of 0.5 g of 10-[(6-chloro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]be nzodiazepine and 0.36 g of o-toluidine in 60 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is refluxed for 16 hours. The mixture is poured into 200 ml of ice-water and extracted with three 100 ml portions of chloroform. The extract is washed with water, dried (Na2 SO4) and the solvent removed. The residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel prep-plates with hexane-ethyl acetate (5:1) as solvent to give 0.56 g of yellow solid: mass spectrum (CI) 395.2 (M+H).
As described for Example 301, the following derivatives are prepared (Table L).
| TABLE L |
| ______________________________________ |
| ##STR390## |
| Ex No. D R R1 |
| R2 |
| R3 |
| R4 |
| R5 |
| ______________________________________ |
| 302 C H Cl H H H H |
| 303 C H Cl H Cl H H |
| 304 C H Cl H H F H |
| 305 C H F H F H H |
| 306 C H CH3 |
| H H F H |
| 307 C H CF3 |
| H H H H |
| 308 C CH3 |
| CH3 |
| H H H H |
| 309 C H H H H H H |
| 310 N H H H H H H |
| 311 N CH3 |
| H H H H H |
| 312 N H CF3 |
| H Cl H H |
| 313 N H CH3 |
| H H F H |
| 314 N H F H F H H |
| 315 N H Cl H H F H |
| 316 N H Cl H Cl H H |
| 317 N H Cl H H H H |
| ______________________________________ |
To a solution of 0.70 g of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 0.56 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride is added 1.35 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-3-methoxybenzoyl chloride followed by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which is dissolved in methylene chloride and passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate two additional times to give upon concentration in vacuo to give 1.5 g of amorphous solid. M+=512.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-3-chloropheny l][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamideTo a solution of 0.52 g of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 0.39 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added 1.1 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoyl chloride followed by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which is dissolved in methylene chloride and passed through hydrous magnesium silicate two additional times to give upon concentration in vacuo 1.10 g of the desired product as a residue. M+ =516,518,520.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl][1,1'-b iphenyl]-2-carboxamideTo a solution of 0.65 g of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 0.52 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added 1.34 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-benzoyl chloride followed by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which is dissolved in methylene chloride and passed through hydrous magnesium silicate two additional times to give upon concentration in vacuo to give 1.02 g of the desired product as a residue. M+ =482.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-(ph enylmethyl)benzamideTo a solution of 0.75 g of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 0.57 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride is added 1.53 g of 4-[[2-(phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]-benzoyl chloride followed by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which is dissolved in methylene chloride and passed through hydrous magnesium silicate two additional times to give upon concentration in vacuo to give 1.97 g of the desired product as an amorphous solid.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazenin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-3-chloropheny l]-2-(phenylmethyl)benzamideTo a solution of 0.92 g of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 0.72 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride is added 2.4 g of 2-chloro-4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoyl chloride followed by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which is dissolved in methylene chloride and passed through hydrous magnesium silicate two additional times to give upon concentration in vacuo 2.87 g of the desired product as an amorphous compound.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-methoxyphen yl]-2-(phenylmethyl)benzamideTo a solution of 0.75 g of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 0.58 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride is added 1.69 g of 3-methoxy-4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoyl chloride followed by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate to give upon concentration in vacuo 1.92 g of the desired product as an amorphous solid.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl][4'-(tr ifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamideA solution of 1.14 g of [4'-(trifluoromethyl)-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 10 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.0 g of 10,11-dihydro-10-(4-aminobenzoyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 0.52 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 25 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate two times to give 1.70 g of the desired product as an amphorous compound.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-3-methoxyphen yl][4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamideA solution of 1.87 g of [41-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 10 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 0.74 g of 10,11-dihydro-10-(4-aminobenzoyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 0.56 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate two times to give the desired product as a residue which is crystallized from ethyl acetate to give 2.33 g of the desired product, 211°-212°C
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-chloropheny l][4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamideA solution of 1.35 g of 2-chloro-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1l-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride in 10 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 0.63 g of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 0.48 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried(Na2 SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate two times to give 1.63 g of the desired product as a non-crystalline solid.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-meth ylpyridine-3-carboxamideTo a stirred solution of 1.0 g of 10,11-dihydro-10-(4-aminobenzoyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 3 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 100 ml of methylene chloride is slowly added 600 mg of 2-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl chloride dissolved in 15 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is quenched with water and the organic layer washed well with water. The organic layer is dried(MgSO4), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to a residue which is purified by column chromatography on silica gel by elution with 1:1 ethyl acetate:hexane to give 800 mg of the desired product as a pale yellow residue. M+ =422.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-yl-carbonyl)-3-chlorophen yl]-2-methyl-pyridine-3-carboxamideA mixture of 1.1 g of 10,11-dihydro-10-(4-amino-2-chlorobenzoyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiaz epine and 3 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 100 ml of methylene chloride is stirred while a solution of 600 mg of 2-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl chloride in 15 ml of methylene chloride is added slowly. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is quenched with water and the organic layer washed with water, dried(MgSO4), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to a residue. The product is purified by column chromatography on silica gel by elution with 1:1 ethyl acetate:hexane to give the desired product as a pale yellow residue. M+ =456.
PAC N-[5-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]- 2-methylpyridine-3-carboxamideA mixture of 2.5 g of 6-[[3-(2-methylpyridinyl)carbonyl]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid and 25 ml of thionyl chloride is refluxed for 3 hours and the mixture evaporated to dryness in vacuo to give a solid. A solution of the solid in 50 ml of methylene chloride is added to 2 g of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine dissolved in 50 ml of dichloromethane containing 3 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine at room temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and quenched with water; washed with water; dried(MgSO4), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to a residue. The residue is purified by column chromatography on silica gel by elution with 1:1 ethyl acetate:hexane to give 2.0 g of the desired product as a solid. M+ =423.
PAC N-[5-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]- 2-methylpyridine-3-carboxamide HydrochlorideTo a solution of 1.0 g of N-[5-(5H-pyrrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl ]-2-methylpyridine-3-carboxamide in 50 ml of methanol is added hydrogen chloride gas. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is triturated with ether to give 1.0 g of the desired product as a solid: mass spectrum(CCl); 459(M+).
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-[N-m ethylpiperazinyl]-pyridine-3-carboxamide HydrochlorideThe method of Example 330 is used to prepare the desired product as a solid: M+ =543.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-(dim ethylamino)-pyridine-3-carboxamide HydrochlorideThe method of Example 330 is used to prepare the desired product as a solid: M+ =487.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-chlo ropyridine-3-carboxamideTo a stirred solution of 6.06 g of 10,11-dihydro-10-(4-aminobenzoyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine and 10 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine is added a solution of 4.0 g of 2-chloropyridine-3-carbonyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is quenched with water and the organic layer washed well with water. The organic layer is dried, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to a pale yellow product which is crystallized from 1:1 ethyl acetate:hexane to give 7.0 g of the desired product; M+ =442.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-(met hylamino)pyridine-3-carboxamideA mixture of 1 g of N-[4-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-chl oropyridine-3-carboxamide, 1 g of K2 CO3 and 10 ml of a 40% solution of monomethylamine is heated in 25 ml of dimethylsulfoxide for 8 hours at 100°C The reaction mixture is poured over water and the pale yellow solid separated. The reaction mixture is filtered and the collected solid washed well with water. After drying the solid is purified by column chromatography on silica gel by elution with 9:1 ethyl acetate:methanol to give 850 mg of the desired product as a pale yellow solid: M+ =437.
PAC N-[4-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-[(3- dimethylaminopropyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxamideUsing the conditions of Example 334 and N-[4-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-chl oropyridine-3-carboxamide and 3-(dimethylamino)propylamine gives 900 mg of the desired product: M+ =508.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-(1-p iperidinyl)-pyridine-3-carboxamideUsing the conditions of Example 334 and 1 g of N-[4-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-chl oropyridine-3-carboxamide and 5 ml of piperidine gives 700 mg of the desired product: M+ =491.
PAC N-[4-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-(4-m ethyl-1-piperazinyl)-pyridine-3-carboxamideUsing the conditions of Example 334 and 1 g of N-[4-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-chl oropyridine-3-carboxamide and 5 ml of N-methylpiperazine gives 1 g of the desired product: M+ =500.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-(dim ethylamino)-pyridine-3-carboxamideUsing the conditions of Example 334 and 1 g of N-[4-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-phenyl]-2-ch loropyridine-3-carboxamide and 10 ml of 40% N,N-dimethylamine gives 700 mg of the desired product: M+ =451.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-(mor pholino)-pyridine-3-carboxamideUsing the conditions of Example 334 and 1 g of N-[4-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-phenyl]-2-ch loropyridine-3-carboxamide and 5 ml of morpholine gives 800 mg of the desired product: M+ =493.
PAC N-[5-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]-benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl] [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamideA mixture of 2.0 g of 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid and 20 ml of thionyl chloride is refluxed for 3 hours. The excess thionyl chloride is removed in vacuo to a residue which is dissolved in 50 ml of methylene chloride. This solution is added added dropwise to a stirred solution of 2.0 g of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine in 50 ml of methylene chloride and 5 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and quenched with water. The organic layer is washed well with water and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The organic layer is concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is purified by column chromatography on silica gel by elution with 40% ethyl acetate:hexane to give 1.2 g of a colorless solid: M+ =484.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-(2-p yridinyl)benzamideA mixture of 1.94 g of N-[4-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-bro mobenzamide, 2.95 g of 2-pyridyl tri-n-butyl tin and 400 mg of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(O) is refluxed for 24 hours in degassed toluene for 24 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is purified by column chromatography on silica gel by elution with 70% ethyl acetate:hexane to give 900 mg of the desired product as a pale yellow solid: M+1=485.
PAC N-[5-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]- 2-(2-pyridinyl)benzamideA mixture of 484 mg of N-[5-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl] -2-bromobenzamide, 814 mg of 4-(N,N-dimethyl)anilino-tri-n-butyl stannane and 100 mg of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (O) is refluxed in degassed toluene for 24 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is purified by column chromatography on silica gel by elution with ethyl acetate to give 200 mg of the desired product: M+1=528.
PAC 10,11-Dihydro-10-(4-(4-butyloxy)benzoyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepi neTo a solution of 92 mg of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine in 2 ml of methylene chloride is added 100 mg of triethylamine followed by 130 mg of 4-(n-butyloxy)benzoyl chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 24 hours and then treated with 4 ml of 1N sodium hydroxide. The mixture is extracted with 10 ml of ethyl acetate and the extract washed with 1N sodium hydroxide and 5 ml of brine. The organic layer is dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered through hydrous magnesium silicate. The filtrate is concentrate in vacuo to a residue which is stirred with ether-hexanes to give 160 mg of the desired product as a white solid: mass spectrum(CI), 361(MH+).
PAC 5,10-Dihydro-2-hydroxymethyl-5-(4-(4-butyloxy)benzoyl)-4H-pyrazolo[5,1-c][1 ,4]benzodiazepineAs described for Example 343 4-(n-butyloxy)benzoyl chloride is reacted with 5,10-dihydro-4H-pyrazolo[5,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine to give the desired product as a solid; mass spectrum(CI), 392(MH+).
PAC 10,11-Dihydro-10-(4-(5-pentyloxy)benzoyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazep ineAs described for Example 343 4-(n-pentyloxy)benzoyl chloride is reacted with 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine to the desired product as a solid: mass spectrum(CI), 375(MH+).
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-(4-c hlorophenyloxy)pyridine-3-carboxamideThe conditions of Example 325 are used with 2-(4-chlorophenyloxy)pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 211°-2120° C.(M+Na)=557.3.
PAC N-[4-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl]-2-meth yl-2-(4-chlorophenyloxy)propionamideThe conditions of Example 325 are used with 2-(4-chlorophenoxyl-2-methylpropionyl chloride to give the desired product as a solid. M+499.
PAC 10-[[6-(1,1-dimethylethyl)amino]-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyr rolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepineUsing the conditions of Example 273 and t-butylamine gives the desired product as a beige solid. MS(CI): 361(M+H).
PAC 10-[[6-(1-Methylethyl)amino)-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo [2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepineUsing the conditions of Example 273 and isopropylamine gives the desired product as a white solid. MS(CI): 347(M+H).
PAC 10-[[6-(1-Indanylamino)-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1- c][1,4]benzodiazepineUsing the conditions of Example 273 and 1-aminoindan gives the desired product as a beige solid. MS(CI): 421(M+H).
PAC 10-[[6-(2,4-Dimethoxyphenylamino)-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-py rrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepineUsing the conditions of Example 273 with 2,4-dimethoxybenzylamine gives the desired product as a light yellow solid. MS(CI): 455(M+H).
PAC 10-[[6-(2-Bromophenylamino)-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl]-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[ 2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepineUsing the conditions of Example 273 and 2-bromobenzylamine gives the desired product as an off-white solid. MS(CI): 474(M+H).
PAC N-[5-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl] -2-methylfurane-3-carboxamideUsing the conditions of Example 1 with Reference Example 39 to give Reference Example 86 and stirring overnight gives the desired product as white crystals after column chromatography on silica gel by elution with 1:1 ethyl acetate:hexane and crystallization from ethyl acetate, m.p. 210°-212°C
PAC N-[5-(5H-Pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]- 2-aminobenzamideA room temperature solution of 1.0 g of N-[5-(5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl] -2-nitrobenzamide in 100 ml of ethyl alcohol is hydrogenated over 200 mg of 10% Pd/C in a Parr apparatus under 40 psi of hydrogen for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and the cake washed with additional ethyl alcohol. The combined filtrates are concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by crystallization from 2:1 ethyl acetate:hexane to give the desired product as pale yellow crystals: M+Na 445:M+ 423.
PAC {3-Chloro-4-[3-dimethylaminomethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4-benzodiazepin e-10-carbonyl]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideTo a solution of the product from Example 319, (2.23 g, 4.32 mmol) in 1:1 methanol/tetrahydrofuran (40 ml) was added N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-diaminomethane (1.19 ml, 8.64 mmol), paraformaldehyde (0.519 g, 17.3 mmol), and acetic acid (0.516 ml, 8.6 mmol). The suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed, and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with water, 5% sodium bicarbonate, and water. All aqueous washings were backwashed with dichloromethane. The combined organic solutions were dried (MgSO4), and the solvent removed to give crude product (1.68 g). Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel (50 g) in 18% methanol/ethyl acetate gave the product, which was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane to give pure sample (1.06 g) mp 138°-141°. MS (+FAB) m/z: 575/577 (M+H).
Analysis for: C32 H21 ClN3 O3 Calcd: C, 73.10, H: 5.43. N: 9.74. Found C, 71.57, H: 5.21, N: 9.41.
PAC {3-Chloro-4-[3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-ylmethyl)5H, 11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1.4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-car boxylic acid amideTo a solution of the product from Example 319, (0.54 g, 1.08 mmol) in 1:1 methanol-tetrahydrofuran (8 ml) was added N-methylpiperazine (0.48 g, 4.32 mmol), paraformaldehyde (0.194 g), and acetic acid (0.13 ml, 2.16 mmol) in that order. The mixture was allowed to stir at 60° for 21 hours. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic phase was washed with sodium bicarbonate and water, dried (MgSO4), and the solvent removed to yield crude product (0.48 g). The experiment was repeated to obtain 0.43 g of the crude product. The two batches were combined (0.9 g) and purified by silica gel chromatography (25 g) with methanol-ethyl acetate (1:4) to give on crystallization from ethyl acetate-hexane 0.45 g of desired product. MS (+FAB) m/z: 653 (M+Na)+.
PAC [4-(3-Dimethylaminomethyl-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbo nyl)-3-methoxy-phenyl]biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideStep a) 2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester
Thionyl chloride (13.9 ml, 190 mmol) was added via syringe to a solution of 2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzoic acid (50 g, 250 mmol) in methanol which was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with (1N) sodium hydroxide, and the organic layer separated and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation in vacuo gave a light yellow solid (50 g, 93%) mp 80°-81°C, which was taken directly to the next step.
Analysis for: C9 H9 N O5 Calcd: C, 51.19; H, 4.30; N, 6.63. Found: C, 50.97; H, 4.11; N, 6.51.
Step b) 4-amino-2-methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester
A mixture of 2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester (12 g, 57 mmol), palladium (10% on activated carbon), and ethanol (150 ml) was shaken at room temperature under 50psi of hydrogen for 2 hours. The reaction was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the diatomaceous earth washed with chloroform. Evaporation of the chloroform washings gave a yellow solid; purification by crystallization gave a light yellow crystalline solid (8.76 g, 85%) mp 148°-149°C
Analysis for: C9 H11 N O3 Calcd: C, 59.66; H, 6.12; N, 7.73. Found: C, 59.42; H, 6.02; N, 7.69.
Step c) 4-[(Biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-2-methoxybenzoic acid methyl ester
Into a refluxing solution of 2-biphenylcarboxylic acid (9.2 g, 46 mmol) in dichloromethane was added dimethylformamide (0.1 ml, 1.4 mmol) and then neat oxalyl chloride (8.1 ml, 92 mmol) via syringe. The reaction was refluxed for 10 min, then the volatiles removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in dichloromethane, concentrated and dried under high vacuum for 15 min. The acid chloride was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml) and added into a 0°C solution of 4-amino-2-methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (8.4 g, 46 mmol), diisopropyl ethylamine (10.5 ml, 60 mmol) and dichloromethane (200 ml). The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with water, (1N) sodium hydroxide (1N) HCl and brine, and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation gave a yellow foam, which was crystallized from methanol to give a light yellow solid (16.08 g, 96%) m.p. 141°-142°C
Analysis for: C22 H19 N O4 Calcd: C, 73.12; H, 5.30; N, 3.88. Found: C, 72.93; H, 5.20; N, 3.83.
Step d) 4-[(Biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-2-methoxybenzoic acid
Sodium hydroxide (1N) (38 ml, 38 mmol) was added to a refluxing solution of 4-[(biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-2-methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (11.6 g, 32 mmol) in methanol (200 ml). The reaction was refluxed for 2 hours. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue taken into ethyl acetate/HCl (aq). The aqueous layer was re-extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic extracts combined and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation gave a pale orange foam, which was crystallized from methanol to give a colorless solid (9.33 g, 84%) m.p. 158°-159°C
Analysis for: C21 H17 N O4 Calcd: C, 72.61; H, 4.93; N, 4.03. Found: C, 72.20; H, 4.61; N, 3.96.
Step e) [3-Methoxy-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl ]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid-amide
Into a refluxing solution of 4-[(biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-2-methoxy-benzoic acid (3.29 g, 9.5 mmol) and dichloromethane (50 ml) was added dimethylformamide (0.02 ml, 0.28 mmol) and then neat oxalyl chloride (0.87 ml, 10 mmol) via syringe. The reaction was refluxed for 10 minutes and the volatiles removed in vacuo. The residue was evaporated with dichloromethane and dried under high vacuum for 15 minutes. The acid chloride was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml) and added to a 0°C solution of the product from reference Example 6, 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine (1.57 g, 8.55 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.93 ml, 12.35 mmol) and dichloro-methane (200 ml). The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with water, (1N) sodium hydroxide, (1N) HCl, and brine, and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation gave a yellow foam, which was crystallized from methanol to give a colorless solid (2.05 g, 73%) mp 224°-226°C
Analysis for: C33 H27 N3 O3 Calcd: C, 76.87; H, 5.35; N, 8.07. Found: C, 76.82; H, 5.23; N, 8.04.
Step f) [4-(3-Dimethylaminomethyl-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carb onyl)-3-methoxy-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide
A mixture of biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid [3-methoxy-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl ]-amide (2.54 g, 4.9 mmol), paraformaldehyde (0.59 g, 19.6 mmol), N,N,N',N'-tetramethyldiaminomethane (1.35 ml, 9.8 mmol), tetrahydrofuranmethanol (1:1) (20 ml) and glacial acetic acid (0.57 ml, 9.8 mmol was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The volatiles were removed in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved dichloromethane--(1N) sodium hydroxide. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation and purification by flash chromatography (silica gel; eluting solvent chloroformmethanol 20:1) gave a colorless foam, which crystallized from ethanol to give a colorless solid (2.05 g, 73%)
m.p. 196°-197°C
Analysis for: C36 H34 N4 O3 +0.25 H2 O Calcd: C, 75.17; H, 6.04; N, 9.74. Found: C, 75.23; H, 6.06; N, 9.81.
PAC {3-Methoxy-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]b enzodiazepine-10-carbonyl]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideThe compound of Example 358 was prepared in substantially the same manner as described in Example 357. In step 357f, N-methyl piperazine was substituted for N,N,N',N'-tetramethyldiaminomethane. The title compound was obtained as a colorless solid, m.p. 217°-218°C
Analysis for: C39 H39 N5 O3 Calcd: C, 74.86; H, 6.28; N, 11.19. Found: C, 74.46; H, 6.35; N, 11.24.
PAC {2-Methoxy-4-[3-(4-methyl-pirerazin-1-ylmethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]b enzodiazepine-10-carbonyl]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideThe compound of Example 359 was prepared in substantially the same manner as described in Example 357. In step 357a, 4-nitro-3-methoxybenzoic acid was substituted for 4-nitro-2-methoxybenzoic acid. In step 357f, N-methyl piperazane was used in place of N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-diaminomethane. The product was obtained as a colorless solid, mp 104°-105°C
Analysis for: C39 H39 N5 O3 +1.0 H2 O Calcd: C, 73.43; H, 6.59; N, 10.88. Found: C, 73.01; H, 6.17; N, 10.92.
PAC [4-(3-Dimethylaminomethyl-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbo nyl)-2-methoxy-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideThe compound of Example 360 was prepared in substantially the same manner as described in Example 357. In step 357a, 4-nitro-3-methoxybenzoic acid was substituted for 4-nitro-2-methoxybenzoic acid. The title compound was obtained as a colorless solid, m.p. 114°-1160°C
Analysis for: C36 H34 N4 O3 +0.25 H2 O Calcd: C, 75.17; H, 6.05; N, 9.74. Found: C, 74.98; H, 5.89; N, 9.69.
PAC {3-Bromo-4-[3-(dimethyl-amino-methyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazep ine-10-carbonyl]-phenyl-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideStep a) 2-Bromo-4-nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester
Thionyl chloride (3.99 ml, 54.6 mmol) was added via syringe at room temperature to a methanol solution (500 ml) of 2-bromo-4-nitrobenzoic acid (Chem. Ber. 1961, 835) (17.9 g, 72.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The volatiles were removed in vacuo, the residue dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with 1N sodium hydroxide, and the organic layer separated and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation gave a light yellow solid (10.9 g, 83%) m.p. 73°-74°C, which was used without further purification in Example 361, step b.
Analysis for: C8 H6 Br N O4 Calcd: C, 34.17; H, 1.64; N, 5.69. Found: C, 33.92; H, 1.49; N, 5.67.
Step b) {3-Bromo-4-[3-(dimethyl-amino-methyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiaze pine-10-carbonyl]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide
The compound of Example 361, step b was prepared in substantially the same manner as Example 357, following the steps b through f. In Example 357 step b, the product of Example 361, step a, was substituted for the product of Example 357, step a. Also in Example 357, step b, Raney nickel was substituted for palladium on carbon and the reaction time increased to 24 hours. The product was obtained as a colorless solid, m.p. 138°-140°C
Analysis for: C35 H31 Br N4 O2 Calcd: C, 67.85; H, 5.04; N, 9.04. Found: C, 67.94; H, 5.24; N, 8.84.
PAC {3-Bromo-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4benz odiazepine-10-carbonyl]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideThe compound of Example 362 was prepared in substantially the same manner as described in Example 357, following the steps b through f. In Example 357 step b, the product of Example 361, step a, was substituted for the product of Example 357, step a. Also in Example 357, step b, Raney nickel was substituted for palladium on carbon and the reaction time increased to 24 hours. In Example 357, step f, N-methylpiperazane was substituted for N,N,N',N'-tetramethyldiaminomethane. The product was obtained as a colorless solid, m.p. 149°-150°C
Analysis for: C38 H36 Br N5 O Calcd: C, 67.65; H, 5.38; N, 10.38. Found: C, 67.28; H, 5.52; N, 10.13.
PAC [3-Chloro-4-(3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin e-10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideThe product from Example 319, (2.07 g, 4 mmol) was treated sequentially with morpholine (1.03 g, 12 mmol), glacial acetic acid (0.72 g, 12 mmol), and 37% aqueous formaldehyde (formalin) (4 ml, 50 mmol) in methanol (50-75 ml). After stirring for one hour at room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (500 ml), extracted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (200 ml) and water (4×200 ml) and dried (Na2 SO4). The product was purified through a short silica gel plug by gradient elution, (ethyl acetate to methanol-ethyl acetate 1:4). The appropriate fractions were combined and evaporated in vacuo, dissolved in ethyl acetate and filtered, and the solvent evaporated in vacuo to afford 2.0 g of a colorless foam. Trituration with ether and filtration afforded, after drying in vacuo overnight at 50°C, 1.7 g (2.8 mmol, 69%) of the title compound as a colorless powder, m.p. 142°-145°C MS (+FAB), m/z: 639 (M+ Na).
Analysis for: C37 H33 ClN4 O3 Calcd: C, 72.01; H, 5.39; N, 9.08. Found: C, 71.03, H, 5.44, N, 8.64.
PAC {4-[3-(2-Aminoethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl]- 3-chloro-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideStep a) {3-Chloro-4-[3-(2-nitroethenyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-1 0-carbonyl]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide
Portionwise over 10 minutes, the product from Example 319, (1.5 g, 3 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 1-dimethylamino-2-nitroethylene (0.35 g, 3 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml) at 0°C After 15 minutes the reaction was warmed to room temperature, poured into cold water, and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×500 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2×250 ml) and water (2×200 ml), then dried (Na2 SO4). The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to afford 1.5 g (2.5 mmol, 85% crude yield) of a yellow solid which was used without further purification in Example 364, step b. WAY 140149
Step b){3-Chloro-4-[3-(2-nitroethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-1 0-carbonyl]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide
A stirred solution of {3-Chloro-4-[3-(2-nitroethenyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-1 0-carbonyl]-phenyl)-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide (1.32 g, 3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 ml) was treated at -12°C over 45 minutes with alternate, portionwise additions of sodium borohydride (912 mg, 24 mmol) and dropwise additions of methanol (3.20 g, 100 mmol). After 15 minutes, the reaction was neutralized to pH 7, at 0°C, with a 10% acetic acid solution. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1×), and water (3×), and dried (Na2 SO4), The organic solution was filtered through a silica gel plug, and evaporated in vacuo to give 1.04 g (1.76 mmol, 59%) of a tan solid. The product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (100:1, adsorbent-compound ratio), eluting with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:3) to afford, after evaporation, 1.0 g (1.69 mmol, 56%) of a bright yellow amorphous powder, m.p. 245°C MS (EI), m/z: 590 (M+).
Step c) {4-[3-(2-Amino-ethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl ]-3-chloro-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide
A rapidly stirred solution of (3-chloro-4-[3-(2-nitroethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10- carbonyl]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide (875 mg, 1.48 mmol) in ethanol was treated with four equal portions of powdered zinc metal (40 g), and several aliquots of 6N HCl (15 ml, 90 mmol), and then warmed gently. After 15 minutes the zinc was filtered and the neutral filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in ethyl acetate and the product was purified through a short silica gel plug by gradient elution filtration, (ethyl acetate to methanol-ethyl acetate 1:4). The eluent was evaporated, redissolved in ethyl acetate, refiltered, and the solvent evaporated in vacuo to yield 500 mg (0.89 mmol, 60%) of an off-white solid. Trituration with ether afforded, after drying in vacuo overnight at 40°C, 300 mg (36%) of the title compound as a colorless amorphous powder, m.p. 132°-136°C MS (+FAB), m/z: 561 (M+ H).
Analysis for: C34 H29 ClN4 O2 Calcd: C, 72.78; H, 5.21; N, 9.99. Found: C, 71.63; H, 5.45; N, 9.18.
PAC N-[3-(3-Methoxy-5H,10H-pyrazolo[5,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-9-carbonyl)-pheny l]-2-pyridin-2-yl-benzamideThe title compound was prepared in substantially the same manner as described in Example 357 steps c through e. In step 357c, 1-(pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (G. Timari, et. al., Chem. Ber. 1992,125,929) was used in place of 2-biphenylcarboxylic acid. In step 357e 5H,10H-pyrazolo[5,1-c][1,4benzodiazepine (L. Cecchi and G. Filacchioni, J. Heterocyclic Chem. 1983,20, 871) was used in place of 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine. The title compound was obtained as a pale pink solid (0.23 g, 37%). MS (+FAB) m/z: 516 (M+H).
Analysis for: C31 H25 N5 O3 Calcd: C, 72.22; H, 4.89; N, 13,58. Found: C, 71.47; H, 4.63; N, 12.95.
PAC N-[3-Chloro-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl] -2-thiophen-2-yl-benzamideStep a) 2-Bromobenzoyl chloride
To a solution of 2-bromobenzoic acid (1.88 g, 9.35 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 ml), under nitrogen, was added 1 drop of dimethylformamide followed by addition of oxalyl chloride (1 ml, 11.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature until gas evolution ceased and then heated to reflux. The solution was cooled to room temperature before being concentrated in vacuo to produce a golden colored oil (1.87 g, 91%) which was used without further purification.
Step b)2-Bromo-N-[3-chloro-4-(10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin e-10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-benzamide
To a stirred solution of the product of 10,11-dihydro-10-(2-chloro-4-aminobenzoyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiaz epine (2.25 g. 6.66 mmol) in dichloromethane (40 ml), under nitrogen, was added triethylamine (1.19 ml, 8.53 mmol). The mixture was cooled to 0°C before a solution of 2-bromobenzoyl chloride (1.87 g, 8.52 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml) was added dropwise. The cooling bath was removed and stirring was continued for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water. The organic layer was separated and sequentially washed with water, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and water. The organic solution was dried (Na2 SO4) and concentrated in vacuo to yield a pale orange foam (2.0 g, 58%). Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) as the mobile phase resulted in a colorless powder (1.39 g, 40%), m.p. 188°-189°C MS (EI),m/z:: 519 (M+)
Analysis for: C26 H19 BrClN3 O2 +0.5 H2 O Calcd: C, 58.93; H, 3.80; N, 7.93. Found: C, 59.12; H, 3.62; N, 7.75.
Step c) N-[3-Chloro-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-pheny l]-2-thiophen-2-yl-benzamide
The 2-bromo-N-[3-chloro-4-(10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine- 10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-benzamide (1.04 g, 2.0 mmol) and thiophene-2-boronic acid (0.32 g, 2.4 mmol), and barium hyroxide octahydrate (0.88 g, 2.8 mmol) was suspended in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (28.8 ml) and water (4.8 ml). The heterogeneous mixture was stirred at room temperature and purged with nitrogen for ten minutes before bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) chloride (0.17 g, 0.24 mmol) was added. The reaction was capped with a nitrogen balloon and heated in an oil bath at 70°C After 20 hours, additional thiophene-2-boronic acid (0.13 g, 1 mmol) was added to the reaction. After 24 hours additional bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II)chloride (84 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added to the reaction flask. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the mixture was extracted into benzene. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield a brown solid (1.42 g). The solid was triturated with ethyl acetate and filtered. The filtrate was purified by flash chromatography using silica gel with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) as the mobile phase to afford a pale yellow solid (0.59 g, 56%), which was dried under vacuum at 78°C for two days, m.p. 132°-136°C MS (EI),m/z: 523 (M+).
Analysis for: C30 H22 ClN3 O2 S+0.5 H2 O Calcd: C, 67.53; H, 4.36; N, 7.88. Found: C, 67.53; H, 4.08; N, 7.90.
PAC N-[3-Chloro-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl ]-2-pyridin-3-yl-benzamideThe compound of Example 367 was prepared in substantially the same manner as described in Example 366 following the steps 366a and 365b. In Step 366a, 2-(pyridin-3-yl)-benzoic acid was substituted for 2-bromobenzoic acid. Preparation of 2-(pyridin-3-yl)-benzoic acid was carried out in the manner of Timari, et al (Chem. Ber. 1992, 125, 929) substituting 3-bromopyridine in place of 2-bromopyridine. The title compound was obtained as an off-white powder (0.21 g, 40%) m.p. 155°-158° C.
Analysis for: C31 H23 ClN4 O2 +0.85 H2 O Calcd: C, 69.68; H, 4.66; N, 10.49. Found: C, 69.69; H, 4.70; N, 10.16.
PAC N-[3-Chloro-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)--pheny l]-2-pyridin-4-yl-benzamideThe compound of Example 368 was prepared in substantially the same manner as described in Example 366 following steps 366a and 366b. In Step 366a, 2-(pyridin-4-yl)-benzoic acid was substituted for 2-bromobenzoic acid. Preparation of 2-(pyridin-4-yl)-benzoic acid was carried out in the manner of Timari, et al (Chem. Ber. 1992, 125, 929) substituting 4-bromopyridine hydrochloride and an additional equivalent of base in place of 2-bromopyridine. The title compound was obtained as a pale yellow solid (1.21 g, 53%) m.p. 165°-168°C
Analysis for: C31 H23 ClN4 O2 +0.47 H2 O Calcd: C, 70.59; H, 4.57; N, 10.62. Found: C, 70.58; H, 4.50; N, 10.33.
PAC N-[4-(3-Methoxy-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl ]-2-pyridin-2-yl-benzamideStep a) 2-Methoxy-4-[(2-pyridin-2-ylbenzoyl)amino]benzoyl chloride
To a solution of 2-methoxy-4-[(2-pyridin-2-ylbenzoyl)amino]benzoic acid (0.92 g, 2.64 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (25 ml), under nitrogen, was added 1 drop of dimethylformamide followed by addition of oxalyl chloride (0.28 ml, 3.17 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature until gas evolution ceased. The solution was concentrated in vacuo to produce a tan solid (1.16 g) which was used without further purification in Example 369 step b.
Step b) N-[4-(3-Methoxy-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phen yl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-benzamide
To a stirred solution of the product from Reference Example 6, 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine (0.405 g. 2.20 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 ml), under nitrogen, was added triethylamine (0.37 ml, 2.64 mmol). The mixture was cooled to 0°C and a solution of the crude 2-methoxy-4-[(2-pyridin-2-ylbenzoyl)-amino]benzoyl chloride (1.16 g) in dichloromethane (30 ml) was added dropwise. After 5 hours the reaction mixture was poured into water. The organic layer was separated and sequentially washed twice with water and aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and once with water. The organic solution was dried (Na2 SO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give a marron solid (1.1 g, 94%). Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel with hexane-ethyl acetate-methlyene chloride-methanol (3:6:2:0.5) as a mobile phase, followed by concentration in vacuo, resulted in a pale purple solid (0.88 g, 76%), m.p. 138°-140°C MS (FAB),m/z: 515 (M+H).
Analysis for: C32 H26 N4 O3 +0.43 H2 O Calcd: C, 73.58; H, 5.18; N, 10.73. Found: C, 73.59; H, 5.05; N, 10.47.
PAC N-[4-(3-Dimethylaminomethyl-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-car bonyl)-3-methoxy-phenyl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-benzamideInto a flask equipped with a reflux condenser was placed under nitrogen product of Example 369 step b, N-[4-(3-methoxy-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phen yl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-benzamide (0.37 g, 0.71 mmol), N,N,N',N'-tetramethyldiaminomethane (0.15 mg, 1.4 mmol), paraformaldehyde (85 g, 2.8 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (5 ml) and methanol (5 ml). After stirring at room temperature for two minutes glacial acetic acid (85 mg, 1.4 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, redissolved in dichloromethane and washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and water. The organic solution was dried (Na2 SO4) and concentrated in vacuo to afford an off-colorless foam (0.39 g, 96%). Purification by flash chromatography using silica gel with dichloromethane-methanol (9:1) as the mobile phase, afforded a colorless foam The foam was redissolved in dichloromethane, filtered through diatomaceous earth, concentrated in vacuo and dried under vacuum at 78°C overnight to afford an off-white solid (0.24 g, 59%), m.p. 132°-134°C (dec).
Analysis for: C35 H33 N5 O3 +0.89 H2 O Cald'd: C, 71.53; H, 5.97; N, 11.92. Found: C, 71.52; H, 5.63; N, 11.89.
PAC N-[3-Bromo-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl] -2-pyridin-2-yl-benzamideStep a) 2-(Pyridin-2-yl)benzoyl chloride
A solution of 2-(pyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (2.85 g, 14.3 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) was treated with 1 drop of dimethylformamide followed by is oxalyl chloride (1.5 ml, 17.1 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 ml). When the gas evolution ceased the mixture was heated to reflux for 5 minutes, cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to a bright yellow solid. The solid was slurried with tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) and reconcentrated. The crude acid chloride was used in the next step without further purification.
Step b) Methyl 2-Bromo-4-[(2-pyridin-2-yl-benzoyl)amino]benzoate
A slurry of 2-(pyridin-2-yl)benzoyl chloride in dichloromethane (20 ml) was added to a solution of methyl 2-bromo-4-amino benzoate (3 g, 13 mmol) and triethylamine (2.5 ml, 18 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 ml) which was cooled to 0°C Stirring at room temperature was maintained for 4 hours. The reaction was quenched with 20% acetic acid, wash sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water then saturated brine solution. The solution was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 5.23 g (97%) of a colorless foam. MS (+FAB) m/z: 411/413 (M+H)+.
Analysis for: C20H15BrN2O3 Calcd: C, 58.41; H, 3.68; N, 6.81. Found: C, 57.73; H, 3.66; N, 6.54.
Step c) 2-Bromo-4-[(2-pyridin-2-yl-benzoyl)amino]benzoic acid
A solution of methyl 2-bromo-4-[(2-pyridin-2-yl-benzoyl)amino]benzoate in methanol (100 ml) was treated with 1N sodium hydroxide (15 ml, 1.2 eq). The solution was warmed to reflux for 3.5 hours and additional 1N sodium hydroxide was added (10.4 ml., 2 eq total). Reflux was maintained for 2 additional hours and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The sample was concentrated in vacuo to a syrup and diluted with water. The aqueous solution was washed with ethyl acetate and the aqueous layer was adjusted to a pH of 4.5-5 with acetic acid. The product was precipitated, filtered and air dried to give a tan solid (4.43 g, 87%). MS (EI) m/z: 397/399 (M+).
Step d) 2-Bromo-4-[(2-pyridin-2-yl-benzoyl)amino]benzoyl chloride
To a solution of 2-bromo-4-[(2-pyridin-2-yl-benzoyl)amino]benzoic acid (1.4 g, 3.52 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (25 ml), under nitrogen, was added 1 drop of dimethylformamide followed by the addition of oxalyl chloride (0.37 ml, 4.23 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature until gas evolution ceased and then heated to reflux for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to produce a tan solid (1.385 g. 95%) which was used without further purification.
Step e) N-[3-Bromo-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl ]-2-pyridin-2-yl-benzamide
To a stirred solution of the product from Reference Example 6, 10,11-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine (0.54 g. 2.93 mmol) in dichloromethane (35 ml), under nitrogen, was added triethylamine (0.49 ml, 3.52 mmol). The mixture was cooled to 0°C before a suspension of the crude 2-bromo-4-[(2-pyridin-2-ylbenzoyl)amino]benzoyl chloride (1.4 g) in dichloromethane (5 ml) was added dropwise. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 18 hours the reaction mixture was poured into water and sequentially washed with water, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, twice with 10% aqueous acetic acid, once with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and once with water. The organic solution was dried (Na2 SO4), filtered and in vacuo to yield a dark purple foam (1.73 g). Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:2) as the mobile phase, followed by concentration in vacuo, resulted in a colorless solid (1.23 g, 75%), m.p. 227.5°-229°C MS (ESI),m/z: 563 (M+).
Analysis for: C31 H23 BrN4 O2 Calcd: C, 66.08; H, 4.11; N, 9.94. Found: C, 65.84; H, 3.86; N, 9.85.
PAC [4-(3-Dimethylaminomethyl-3-hydroxy-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-cl [1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideStep a) [3-Hydroxy-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]diazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-bip henyl-2-carboxylic acid amide
Boron tribromide (21 ml, 21 mmol) was added via syringe to a dichloromethane (15 ml) solution at 0°C of biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid [3-methoxy-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl ]-amide (3.6 g, 7 mmol) following the steps 357a through 357e. The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes. Ice and ammonium hydroxide was added at 0°C and stirring continued until a homogeneous solution was obtained. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation in vacuo gave a dark residue, which was adsorbed onto silica gel and purified by flash chromatography (eluting solvent hexane-ethyl acetate 2:1) to give a colorless solid (2.25 g, 64%) m.p. 194°-196°C
Analysis for: C32 H25 N3 O3 +0.25 H2 O Calcd: C, 76.24; H, 5.10; N, 8.34. Found: C, 76.16; H, 5.00; N, 8.31.
Step b) [4-(3-Dimethylaminomethyl-3-hydroxy-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepi ne-10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide
The compound of Example 371 step b was is prepared in the same manner as described in Example 357 step f, substituting the product of Example 371 step a for the product of Example 357 step e. The product was obtained as a colorless solid, m.p. 135°-137°C
Analysis for: C35 H32 N4 O3 +0.25H2 O Calcd: C, 74.91; H, 5.84; N, 9.98. Found: C, 74.61; H, 5.94; N, 9.93.
PAC [4-(3-[1,4]Bipiperidinyl-1'-ylmethyl-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepi ne-10-carbonyl)-3-chloro-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideThe product from Example 319, (2.07 g, 4 mmol) was treated sequentially with 4-piperidinopiperidine (2.02 g, 12 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (2.73 g, 24 mmol), and 37% aqueous formaldehyde (formalin) (4 ml, 50 mmol) in methanol (50-75 ml). After stirring for one hour at room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (500 ml), extracted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (200 ml) and water (4×200 ml), and dried (Na2 SO4). The product was purified through a short silica gel plug by gradient elution filtration, (ethyl acetate to methanol-ethyl acetate 1:4). The appropriate fractions were combined and evaporated, redissolved and refiltered from ethyl acetate, and the solvent evaporated in vacuo to afford 1.34 g (1.9 mmol, 48%) of a colorless solid. Trituration with ether-hexane and filtration afforded, after drying in vacuo overnight at 50°C, 1.30 g (1.86 mmol, 47%) of the title compound as a colorless, amorphous powder, m.p. 193°-195°C MS (+FAB), m/z : 720 (M+ Na).
Analysis for: C43 H44 ClN5 O2 Calcd: C, 73.96; H, 6.35; N, 10.03. Found: C, 73.23; H, 6.31; N, 9.81.
PAC (3-Chloro-4-{3-[(2-hydroxy-1,1-bis-hydroxymethylethylamino)-methyl]-5H,11H- pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl}-phenyl)-biphenyl-2-carboxyli c acid amideStep a) (10-{4-[(Biphenyl-2-carbonyl)-amino]-2-chlorobenzoyl}-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyr rolo[2,1-c][1,4]benodiazepin-3-ylmethyl)-trimethyl-ammonium iodide
The product from Example 355, [3-chloro-4-(3-dimethylaminomethyl-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin e-10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amide (2.87 g, 5 mmol) was treated with an excess iodomethane (20 ml) as the solvent and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. After trituration with ethyl acetate-ether (3:1), the quarternary ammonium salt (3.58 g, 100%) was filtered to give a colorless amorphous powder.
Step b) (3-Chloro-4-{3-[(2-hydroxy-1,1-bis-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-methyl]-5H,11 H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl}-phenyl)-biphenyl-2-carboxy lic acid amide
A mixture of (10-{4-[(Biphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chloro-benzoyl}-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyr rolo[2,1-c][1,4]benodiazepin-3-ylmethyl)-trimethyl-ammonium iodide (3.58 g, 5 mmol) and tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane (6.05 g, 50 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (25 ml) was heated to 90°C for 1.5 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (500 ml), extracted with water (6×200 ml), and dried (Na2 SO4). The product was purified through a short silica gel plug by gradient elution filtration, (ethyl acetate to methanol-ethyl acetate 1:4). The appropriate fractions were combined and evaporated in vacuo, redissolved and refiltered from ethyl acetate, and the solvent evaporated in vacuo to afford 1.7 g (2.6 mmol, 52%) of a colorless foam.
Trituration with ether and filtration afforded, after drying in vacuo overnight at 40°C, 1.4 g (2.1 mmol, 43%) of the title compound as a colorless amorphous powder, m.p. 145°-147°C MS (-ESI), m/z : 649 (M-H), MS (+FAB), m/z: 673 (M+ Na).
Analysis for: C37 H35 ClN4 O5 Calcd: C, 68.25; H, 5.42; N, 8.60. Found: C, 66.51; H, 5.57; N, 7.91.
PAC [3-chloro-4-(3-{[(2-dimethylamino-ethyl)-methyl]-amino]-methyl}-5H,11H-pyrr olo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideThe product from Example 319, (2.07 g, 4 mmol) was treated sequentially with N, N', N'-trimethylethylenediamine (1.23 g, 12 mmol), glacial acetic acid (1.44 g, 24 mmol), and 37% aqueous formaldehyde (formalin) (4 ml, 50 mmol) in methanol (50-75 ml). After refluxing under nitrogen for 1.5 hours, the cooled reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (500 ml), extracted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (200 ml) and water (4×200 ml), and dried (Na2 SO4). The product was purified through a short silica gel plug by gradient elution filtration, (ethyl acetate to methanolethyl acetate 1:4). The appropriate fractions were combined and evaporated in vacuo, redissolved and refiltered from ethyl acetate, and the solvent evaporated in vacuo to afford 520 mg (0.82 mmol, 21% yield) of a colorless foam. Trituration of the foam with hot ether, filtration, and evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate afforded, after drying in vacuo overnight, 200 mg (0.32 mmol, 8% yield) of the title compound as a homogeneous colorless foam, m.p. 95°-97°C MS (+FAB), m/z: 654 (M+ Na).
Analysis for: C38 H38 ClN5 O2 Calcd: C, 72.19; H, 6.06; N, 11.08. Found: C, 71.83; H, 6.09; N, 10.71.
PAC {3-chloro-4-[3-(4-dimethylamino-piperidine-1-ylmethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c ][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl]-phenyl}-biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid amideThe product from Example 319 (2.07 g, 4 mmol) was treated sequentially with 4-dimethylaminopiperidine trifluoroacetate salt (1:2) (4.27 g, 12 mmol), and 37% aqueous formaldehyde (formalin) (4 ml, 50 mmol) in methanol (50-75 ml). After stirring for 0.33 hours at room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (500 ml), extracted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (200 ml) and water (4×200 ml), and dried (Na2 SO4). The product was purified through a short silica gel plug by gradient elution filtration, (ethyl acetate to methanol-ethyl acetate 1:4). The fractions were combined and evaporated in vacuo, redissolved and refiltered from ethyl acetate, and the solvent evaporated in vacuo to afford 2.4 g (3.6 mmol, 91%) of a colorless solid. Trituration with ether and filtration afforded, after drying in vacuo overnight at 50°C, 1.7 g (2.6 mmol, 65% yield) of the title compound as a colorless, amorphous powder, m.p. 163°-166°C MS (+ESI), m/z: 658 (M+ H).
Analysis for: C40 H40 CIN5 O2 Calcd: C, 72.99; H, 6.13; N, 10.64. Found: C, 72.66; H, 6.01, N, 10.45.
PAC N-[3-Chloro-4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo{2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-phenyl ]-2-pyrrol-1-yl-benzamideA solution of 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)pyrrole (188 mg, 1 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (264 mg, 1 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 ml) was cooled to 0°C To this solution was added, portionwise, N-chlorosuccinimide (131 mg, 0.9 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 minutes and allowed to warm to room temperature. To this solution was added a solution of 10,11-dihydro-10-(2-chloro-4-aminobenzoyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiaz epine (338 mg, 1 mmol) and triethylamine (0.15 ml, 1.06 mmol) in 15 ml of a mixture of a tetrahydrofuran-dichloromethane (1:2). The reaction was stirred for two hours at room temperature and then was concentrated to a solid in vacuo. The solid was disolved in ether (100 ml) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and chromatographed over silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:1) as the mobile phase to afford 270 mg of the product as a yellow solid. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate-ether-hexane gave 180 mg of the product as a colorless solid. MS (EI),m/z 506/508 (M+).
PAC Ouinoline-8-carboxylic acid [4-(5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-3-phenyl]-amideThe compound of Example 378 was prepared in substantially the same manner as described in Example 366, Steps 366a and 366b. In Step 366a, quinoline-8-carboxylic acid was substituted for 2-bromobenzoic acid. The title compound was obtained as a colorless powder (0.69 g, 37%) m.p. 230°-231°C
Analysis for: C29 H21 ClN4 O2 +0.33 H2 O Calcd: C, 69.81; H, 4.38; N, 11.23. Found: C, 69.81; H, 4.09; N, 11.14.
PAC [3-Chloro-4-(3-dimethylaminomethyl-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine -10-carbonyl)-phenyl]-2-phenylcyclopent-1-enecarboxylic acid amideStep a) [2-Phenyl-cyclopent-1-enecarboxylic acid]
Sodium hydroxide (1N) (10.7 ml, 11.8 mmol) was added to a refluxing solution of 2-phenyl-cyclopent-1-enecarboxylic acid methyl ester (2.32 g, 10.7 mmol) (Lin et al., J. Chin. Chem. Soc., 1993, 40, 273) in methanol (40 ml). The reaction was refluxed for 2 hours. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate and (1N) HCl. The aqueous layer was re-extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic extracts combined and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation of the solution in vacuo gave a pale yellow solid, which was recrystallized from acetone-hexane to give a colorless solid (1.27 g, 63%) m.p. 145°-146°C
Analysis for: C12 H12 O2 Calcd: C, 76.57; H, 6.43. Found: C, 76.47; H, 6.35.
Step b) 2-Phenyl-cyclopent-1-enecarbonyl chloride
To solution of 2-phenyl-cyclopent-1-enecarboxylic acid (0.43 g, 2.28 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml) was added dimethylformamide (1 drop) and then neat oxalyl chloride (0.4 ml, 4.56 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was redisolved in dichloro-methane, concentrated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum for 15 minutes to give an amber oil which was used directly in the next step without further purification.
Step c) [4-(5H,11H-Pyrrolo-[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10-carbonyl)-3-chloro-phenyl ]-2-phenyl-cyclopent-1-enecarboxylic acid amide
The product from Example 379 step b, 2-phenylcyclopent-1-enecarbonyl chloride was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) was added at room temperature to a solution of the product of Reference Example 6, 10,11-dihydro-10-(2-chloro-4-aminobenzoyl)-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiaz epine (0.77 g, 2.28 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine in dichloromethane (20 ml). Triethylamine (0.38 ml, 2.74 mmol) was then added via syringe. The reaction was stirred for 16 hours, diluted with dichloromethane and washed with sodium bicarbonate, (1N) HCl, and brine. The dichloromethane solution was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. Purification by flash chromatography (eluting solvent chloroform-methanol 50:1 and hexane-ethyl acetate 2:1) afforded a colorless solid (0.70 g, 60%) m.p. 121°-122°C
Analysis for: C31 H26 Cl N3 O2 Calcd: C, 73.29; H, 5.16; N, 8.27. Found: C, 73.18; H, 5.02; N, 8.11.
PAC Biphenyl-2-carboxylic acid {3-chloro-4-[3-(2-nitroethyl)-5H,11H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazeline-10- carbonyl]-phenyl}-amideA solution of sodium metal (115 mg, 5 mmol) dissolved in ethanol (10 ml) was treated with nitro-methane (1.52 g, 25 mmol). To the resulting white suspension was added (10-{4-[(Biphenyl-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chloro-benzoyl}-10,11-dihydro-5H-pyr rolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-3-ylmethyl)-trimethyl-ammonium (1 mmol) and the mixture heated to 78°C for 75 minutes. After evaporation of the reaction mixture in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with 1N HCl and water, and dried (MgSO4). Filtration through a silica gel pad afforded, after evaporation of the filtrate in vacuo, a yellow foam which was consistent with the title compound as prepared in Example 364 step b.
Binding Assay to Rat Hepatic V1 Receptors
Rat liver plasma membranes expressing the vasopressin V1 receptor subtypes are isolated by sucrose density gradient according to the method described by Lesko et al, (1973). These membranes are quickly suspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4, containing 0.2% bovine serum albumin (BSA) and 0.1 mM phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride (PMSF) and kept frozen at -70°C until used in subsequent binding experiments. For binding experiments, the following is added to the wells of a ninety-six well format microtiter plate: 100 μl of 100.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 10.0 mM MgCl2, 0.2% heat inactivated BSA and a mixture of protease inhibitors: leupeptin, 1.0 mg %; aprotinin, 1.0 mg %; 1,10-phenanthroline, 2.0 mg %; trypsin inhibitor, 10.0 mg % and 0.1 mM PMSF, 20.0 μl of [phenylalanyl-3,4,5,-3 H] vaso-pressin (S.A. 45.1 Ci/mmole) at 0.8 nM, and the reaction initiated by the addition of 80 μl of tissue membranes containing 20 μg of tissue protein. The plates are kept undisturbed on the bench top at room temperature for 120 min. to reach equilibrium. Non-specific samples are assayed in the presence of 0.1 μm of the unlabeled antagonist phenylalanylvasopressin, added in 20.0 μl volume. For test compounds, these are solubilized in 50% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and added in 20.0 μl volume to a final incubation volume of 200 μl. Upon completion of binding, the content of each well is filtered off, using a Brandel® cell Harvester (Gaithersburg, Md.). The radioactivity trapped on the filter disk by the ligand-receptor complex is assessed by liquid scintillation counting in a Packard LS Counter, with an efficiency of 65% for tritium. The data are analyzed for IC50 values by the LUNDON-2 program for competition (LUNDON SOFTWARE, Ohio).
Binding Assay to Rat Kidney Medullary V2 Receptors
Medullary tissues from rat kidneys are dissected out, cut into small pieces and soaked in a 0.154 mM sodium chloride solution containing 1.0 mM EDTA with many changes of the liquid phase, until the solution is clear of blood. The tissue is homogenized in a 0.25M sucrose solution containing 1.0 mM EDTA and 0.1 mM PMSF using a Potter-Elvehjem homogenizer with a teflon pestle. The homogenate is filtered through several layers (4 layers) of cheese cloth. The filtrate is rehomogenized using a dounce homogenizer, with a tight fitting pestle. The final homogenate is centrifuged at 1500×g for 15 min. The nuclear pellet is discarded and the supernatant fluid recentrifuged at 40,000×g for 30 min. The resulting pellet formed contains a dark inner part with the exterior, slightly pink. The pink outer part is suspended in a small amount of 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4. The protein content is determined by the Lowry's method (Lowry et al, J. Biol. Chem., 1953). The membrane suspension is stored at -70°C, in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl, containing 0.2% inactivated BSA and 0.1 mM PMSF in aliquots of 1.0 ml containing 10.0 mg protein per ml of suspension until use in subsequent binding experiments.
For binding experiments, the following is added in μl volume to wells of a 96 well format of a microtiter plate: 100.0 μl of 100.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 0.2% heat inactivated BSA, 10.0 mM MgCl2 and a mixture of protease inhibitors: leupeptin, 1.0 mg %; aprotinin, 1.0 mg %; 1,10-phenanthroline, 2.0 mg %; trypsin inhibitor, 10.0 mg % and 0.1 mM PMSF, 20.0 μl of [3 H] Arginine8, vasopressin (S.A. 75.0 Ci/mmole) at 0.8 nM and the reaction initiated by the addition of 80.0 μl of tissue membranes (200.0 μg tissue protein). The plates are left undisturbed on the bench top for 120 min. to reach equilibrium. Non-specific binding is assessed in the presence of 1.0 μM of unlabeled ligand, added in 20 μl volume. For test compounds, these are solubilized in 50% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and added in 20.0 μl volume to a final incubation volume of 200 μl. Upon completion of binding, the content of each well is filtered off, using a Brandel® cell Harvester (Gaithersburg, Md.). The radioactivity trapped on the filter disk by the ligand-receptor complex is assessed by liquid scintillation counting in a Packard LS Counter, with an efficiency of 65% for tritium. The data are analyzed for IC50 values by the LUNDON-2 program for competition (LUNDON SOFTWARE, Ohio). The results of this test on representative compounds of this invention are shown in Tables 1, 2 and 3.
Radioligand Binding Experiments with Human Platelet Membranes
Platelet Source: Hudson Valley Blood Services,
Westchester Medical Center, Valhalla, N.Y.
Platelet Membrane Preparation
Frozen platelet rich plasma (PRP), received from the Hudson Valley Blood Services, are thawed to room temperature. The tubes containing the PRP are centrifuged at 16,000×g for 10 min. at 4°C and the supernatant fluid discarded. The platelets resuspended in an equal volume of 50.0 mM Tris.HCl, pH 7.5 containing 120 mM NaCl and 20.0 mM EDTA. The suspension is recentrifuged at 16,000×g for 10 min. This washing step is repeated one more time. The wash discarded and the lysed pellets homogenized in low ionic strength buffer of Tris.HCl, 5.0 mM, pH 7.5 containing 5.0 mM EDTA. The homogenate is centrifuged at 39,000×g for 10 min. The resulting pellet is resuspended in Tris.HCl buffer, 70.0 mM, pH 7.5 and recentrifuged at 39,000×g for 10 min. The final pellet is resuspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer pH 7.4 containing 120 mM NaCl and 5.0 mM KCl to give 1.0-2.0 mg protein per ml of suspension.
Binding to Vasopressin V1 receptor subtype in Human Platelet Membranes
In wells of 96 well format microtiter plate, add 100 μl of 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 0.2% BSA and a mixture of protease inhibitors (aprotinin, leupeptin etc.). Then add 20 μl of [3 H]Ligand (Manning or Arg8 Vasopressin), to give final concentrations ranging from 0.01 to 10.0 nM. Initiate the binding by adding 80.0 μl of platelet suspension (approx. 100 μg protein). Mix all reagents by pipetting the mixture up and down a few times. Non specific binding is measured in the presence of 1.0 μM of unlabeled ligand (Manning or Arg8 Vasopressin). Let the mixture stand undisturbed at room temperature for ninety (90) min. Upon this time, rapidly filter off the incubate under vacuum suction over GF/B filters, using a Brandel® Harvester. Determine the radioactivity caught on the filter disks by the addition of liquid scintillant and counting in a liquid scintillator.
Binding to Membranes of Mouse Fibroblast Cell Line (LV-2) Transfected with the cDNA Expressing the Human V2 Vasopressin Receptor Membrane Preparation
Flasks of 175 ml capacity, containing attached cells grown to confluence, are cleared of culture medium by aspiration. The flasks containing the attached cells are rinsed with 2×5 ml of phosphate buffered saline (PBS) and the liquid aspirated off each time. Finally, 5 ml of an enzyme free dissociation Hank's based solution (Specialty Media, Inc., Lafayette, N.J.) is added and the flasks are left undisturbed for 2 min. The content of all flasks is poured into a centrifuge tube and the cells pelleted at 300×g for 15 min. The Hank's based solution is aspirated off and the cells homogenized with a polytron at setting #6 for 10 sec in 10.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4 containing 0.25M sucrose and 1.0 mM EDTA. The homogenate is centrifuged at 1500×g for 10 min to remove ghost membranes. The supernatant fluid is centrifuged at 100,000×g for 60 min to pellet the receptor protein. Upon completion, the pellet is resuspended in a small volume of 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4. The protein content is determined by the Lowry method and the receptor membranes are suspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 0.1 mM phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride (PMSF) and 0.2% bovine serum albumin (BSA) to give 2.5 mg receptor protein per ml of suspension.
Receptor Binding
For binding experiments, the following is added in μl volume to wells of a 96 well format of a microtiter plate: 100.0 μl of 100.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 0.2% heat inactivated BSA, 10.0 mM MgCl2 and a mixture of protease inhibitors: leupeptin, 1.0 mg %; aprotinin, 1.0 mg %; 1,10-phenanthroline, 2.0 mg %; trypsin inhibitor, 10.0 mg % and 0.1 mM PMSF, 20.0 μl of [3 H] Arginine8, vasopressin (S.A. 75.0 Ci/mmole) at 0.8 nM and the reaction initiated by the addition of 80.0 μl of tissue membranes (200.0 μg tissue protein). The plates are left undisturbed on the bench top for 120 min to reach equilibrium. Non specific binding is assessed in the presence of 1.0 μm of unlabeled ligand, added in 20 μl volume. For test compounds, these are solubilized in 50% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and added in 20.0 μl volume to a final incubation volume of 200 μl. Upon completion of binding, the content of each well is filtered off, using a Brandel® cell Harvester (Gaithersburg, Md.). The radioactivity trapped on the filter disk by the ligand-receptor complex is assessed by liquid scintillation counting in a Packard LS Counter, with an efficiency of 65% for tritium. The data are analyzed for IC50 values by the LUNDON-2 program for competition (LUNDON SOFTWARE, Ohio).
Oxytocin Receptor Binding
(a) Membrane Preparation
Female Sprague-Dawley rats weighing approximately 200-250 g are injected intramuscularly (i.m.) with 0.3 mg/kg of body weight of diethylstilbestrol (DES). The rats are sacrificed 18 hours later under pentobarbital anesthesia. The uteri are dissected out, cleaned of fat and connective tissues and rinsed in 50 ml of normal saline. The tissue pooled from six rats is homogenized in 50 ml of 0.01 mM Tris.HCl, containing 0.5 mM dithiothreitol and 1.0 mM EDTA, adjusted to pH 7.4, using a polytron at setting 6 with three passes of 10 sec each. The homogenate is passed through two (2) layers of cheesecloth and the filtrate centrifuged at 1000×g for 10 min. The clear supernatant is removed and recentrifuged at 165,000×g for 30 min. The resulting pellet containing the oxytocin receptors is resuspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl containing 5.0 mM MgCl2 at pH 7.4, to give a protein concentration of 2.5 mg/ml of tissue suspension. This preparation is used in subsequent binding assays with [3 H]Oxytocin.
(b) Radioligand Binding
Binding of 3,5-[3 H]Oxytocin ([3 H]OT) to its receptors is done in microtiter plates using [3 H]OT, at various concentrations, in an assay buffer of 50.0 mM Tris.HCl, pH 7.4 and containing 5.0 mM MgCl2, and a mixture of protease inhibitors: BSA, 0.1 mg; aprotinin, 1.0 mg; 1,10-phenanthroline, 2.0 mg; trypsin, 10.0 mg; and PMSF, 0.3 mg per 100 ml of buffer solution. Non-specific binding is determined in the presence of 1.0 uM unlabeled OT. The binding reaction is terminated after 60 min., at 220°C, by rapid filtration through glass fiber filters using a Brandel® cell harvester (Bio-medical Research and Development Laboratories, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.). Competition experiments are conducted at equilibrium using 1.0 nM [3 H]OT and varying the concentration of the displacing agents. The concentrations of agent displacing 50% of [3 H]OT at its sites (IC50) are calculated by a computer assisted LUNDON-2 program (LUNDON SOFTWARE INC., Ohio, USA).
The results of this assay on representative examples are shown in Table 4. When the compounds are employed for the above utility, they may be combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, for example, solvents, diluents and the like, and may be administered orally in such forms as tablets, capsules, dispersible powders, granules, or suspensions containing, for example, from about 0.05 to 5% of suspending agent, syrups containing, for example, from about 10 to 50% of sugar, and elixirs containing, for example, from about 20 to 50% ethanol, and the like, or parenterally in the form of sterile injectable solution or suspension containing from about 0.05 to 5% suspending agent in an isotonic medium. Such pharmaceutical preparations may contain, for example, from about 0.05 up to about 90% of the active ingredient in combination with the carrier, more usually between about 5% and 60% by weight.
The effective dosage of active ingredient employed may vary depending on the particular compound employed, the mode of administration and the severity of the condition being treated. However, in general, satisfactory results are obtained when the compounds of the invention are administered at a daily dosage of from about 0.5 to about 500 mg/kg of animal body weight, preferably given in divided doses two to four times a day, or in sustained release form. For most large mammals the total daily dosage is from about 1 to 100 mg, preferably from about 2 to 80 mg. Dosage forms suitable for internal use comprise from about 0.5 to 500 mg of the active compound in intimate admixture with a solid or liquid pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This dosage regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
These active compounds may be administered orally as well as by intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous routes. Solid carriers include starch, lactose, dicalcium phosphate, microcrystalline cellulose, sucrose and kaolin, while liquid carriers include sterile water, polyethylene glycols, non-ionic surfactants and edible oils such as corn, peanut and sesame oils, as are appropriate to the nature of the active ingredient and the particular form of administration desired. Adjuvants customarily employed in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions may be advantageously included, such as flavoring agents, coloring agents, preserving agents, and antioxidants, for example, vitamin E, ascorbic acid, BHT and BHA.
The preferred pharmaceutical compositions from the standpoint of ease of preparation and administration are solid compositions, particularly tablets and hard-filled or liquid-filled capsules. Oral administration of the compounds is preferred.
These active compounds may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally. Solutions or suspensions of these active compounds as a free base or pharmacologically acceptable salt can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant such as hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols and mixtures thereof in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparation contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
| TABLE 1 |
| ______________________________________ |
| Binding Assay to Rat Hepatic V1 Receptors and Rat Kidney |
| Medullary V2 Receptors or *Binding to V1 Receptor |
| Subtype in Human Platelet and **Binding to Membranes of |
| Mouse Fibroblast Cell Line (LV-2) Transfected with the |
| cDNA Expressing the Human V2 Receptor |
| ##STR391## |
| Ex. V1 |
| V2 |
| No. D X R IC50 (μM) |
| IC50 (μM) |
| ______________________________________ |
| 1 C H |
| ##STR392## 0.033 *0.020 |
| 0.004 **0.005 |
| 5 C H |
| ##STR393## *51% at 10 μM |
| **47% at 10 μM |
| 4 C H |
| ##STR394## *0.044 0.001 |
| 261 C H CH2 CH(CH3)2 |
| 65% at 32% at |
| 1 μM |
| 1 μM |
| 208 N H |
| ##STR395## 0.087 0.011 |
| 273 C H |
| ##STR396## 0.190 0.082 |
| 262 C H CH2 CH2 C(CH3)2 |
| 64% at 50% at |
| 1 μM |
| 1 μM |
| 263 C H |
| ##STR397## 0.200 0.360 |
| 12 C Br |
| ##STR398## 0.210 0.024 |
| 7 C H |
| ##STR399## 32% at 1 μM |
| 58% at 10 μM |
| 6 C H |
| ##STR400## 0.011 0.0018 |
| 8 C H |
| ##STR401## 0.007 0.0016 |
| 301 C H |
| ##STR402## 94% at 10 μM |
| 91% at 10 μM |
| 33 C H |
| ##STR403## 0.450 0.030 |
| 9 C H |
| ##STR404## 0.006 0.0011 **0.0009 |
| 261 C H CH2 CH(CH3)2 |
| 89% at 55% at |
| 10 μM |
| 10 μM |
| 274 C H |
| ##STR405## 90% at 1 μM |
| 97% at 10 μM |
| 10 C H |
| ##STR406## 96% at 1 μM |
| 95% at 1 μM |
| 11 C H |
| ##STR407## 100% at 1 μM |
| 93% at 1 μM |
| 342 C H |
| ##STR408## |
| 352 C H |
| ##STR409## 0.088 0.059 |
| 348 C H C(CH3)3 |
| 0.08 43% at |
| 1 μM |
| 350 C N |
| ##STR410## 0.015 0.034 |
| 245 N H |
| ##STR411## 0.019 0.001 |
| 329 C H |
| ##STR412## 0.31 0.07 |
| 330 C H |
| ##STR413## 89% at 1 μM |
| 79% at 1 μM |
| 353 C H |
| ##STR414## 93% at 1 μM |
| 86% at 1 μM |
| 43 C H |
| ##STR415## 93% at 1 μM |
| 351 C H |
| ##STR416## 73% at 1 μM |
| 56% at 1 μM |
| 354 C H |
| ##STR417## 29% at 1 μM |
| 86% at 1 μM |
| 14 C H |
| ##STR418## 100% at 1 μM |
| 99% at 1 μM |
| 18 C H |
| ##STR419## 98% at 1 μM |
| 94% at 1 μM |
| ______________________________________ |
| TABLE 1A |
| ______________________________________ |
| Binding Assay to Rat Hepatic V1 Receptors and Rat Kidney |
| Medullary V2 Receptors or *Binding to V1 Receptor |
| Subtype in Human Platelet and **Binding to Membranes of |
| Mouse Fibroblast Cell Line (LV-2) Transfected with the |
| cDNA Expressing the Human V2 Receptor |
| ##STR420## |
| V2 |
| Ex. V1 |
| IC50 |
| No. X R IC50 (μM) |
| (μM) |
| ______________________________________ |
| 341 H |
| ##STR421## 0.02 0.004 |
| 327 H |
| ##STR422## 0.35 0.028 |
| 347 H |
| ##STR423## 0.18 0.42 |
| 328 Cl |
| ##STR424## 3.3 0.019 |
| 324 H |
| ##STR425## 0.42 0.12 |
| 333 H |
| ##STR426## 0.25 0.41 |
| 338 H |
| ##STR427## 0.037 0.0048 |
| 332 H |
| ##STR428## 0.031 0.0034 |
| 337 H |
| ##STR429## 1.3 0.65 |
| 331 H |
| ##STR430## 87% at 10 μM |
| 43% at 1 μM |
| 336 H |
| ##STR431## 99% at 1 μM |
| 69% at 1 μM |
| 334 H |
| ##STR432## 15% at 1 μM |
| 79% at 1 μM |
| 339 H |
| ##STR433## 41% at 1 μM |
| 55% at 1 μM |
| 346 H |
| ##STR434## 44% at 10 μM |
| 76% at 10 μM |
| 326 Cl |
| ##STR435## 41% at 10 μM |
| 91% at 10 μM |
| 319 Cl |
| ##STR436## 0.016 0.0015 |
| 320 H |
| ##STR437## 0.0034 0.0026 |
| 321 H |
| ##STR438## 0.018 0.0051 |
| 322 Cl |
| ##STR439## 0.67 0.011 |
| 335 H |
| ##STR440## *100% at 1 μM |
| 60% at 1 μM |
| ______________________________________ |
| TABLE 2 |
| __________________________________________________________________________ |
| Binding Assay to Rat Hepatic V1 Receptors and Rat Kidney |
| Medullary V2 Receptors or *Binding to V1 Receptor |
| Subtype in Human Platelet and **Binding to Membranes of |
| Mouse Fibroblast Cell Line (LV-2) Transfected with the |
| cDNA Expressing the Human V2 Receptor |
| Ex. V1 |
| V2 |
| No. |
| Structure IC50 (μM) |
| IC50 (μM) |
| __________________________________________________________________________ |
| 171 |
| ##STR441## 630 31 |
| 288 |
| ##STR442## 83% at 10 μM 49% at 1 μM |
| 54% at 10 μM |
| 131 |
| ##STR443## 66% at 10 μM |
| 82% at 1 μM |
| 130 |
| ##STR444## 98% at 10 μM |
| 92% at 10 μM |
| 134 |
| ##STR445## 23% at 10 μM |
| 94% at 10 μM |
| __________________________________________________________________________ |
| TABLE 3 |
| ______________________________________ |
| Binding Assay to Rat Hepatic V1 Receptors and Rat Kidney |
| Medullary V2 Receptors or *Binding to V1 Receptor |
| Subtype in Human Platelet and **Binding to Membranes of |
| Mouse Fibroblast Cell Line (LV-2) Transfected with the |
| cDNA Expressing the Human V2 Receptor |
| ##STR446## |
| Ex. V1 |
| V2 |
| No. X R IC50 (μM) |
| IC50 (μM) |
| ______________________________________ |
| 133 H |
| ##STR447## *11% at 10 μM |
| 21% at 10 μM |
| 120 H |
| ##STR448## 99 33 |
| ______________________________________ |
| TABLE 4 |
| ______________________________________ |
| Oxytocin Binding Assay |
| Ex. No. Dose (μM) % Inhibition |
| IC50 (μM) |
| ______________________________________ |
| 1 10 92 0.20 |
| 5 10 93 |
| 344 1 58 3.8 |
| 4 10 100 0.67 |
| 133 10 59 |
| 261 0.15 |
| 120 1 8 |
| 208 10 95 0.73 |
| 273 2.5 95 0.056 |
| 262 10 76 1.6 |
| 263 10 98 0.38 |
| 171 10 73 1.1 |
| 12 10 98 0.8 |
| 7 10 66 |
| 6 1 90 0.14 |
| 8 1 89 0.15 |
| 301 10 89 0.86 |
| 288 10 94 1.36 |
| 33 10 95 0.51 |
| 9 2.5 96 0.17 |
| 131 10 60 |
| 130 10 57 |
| 134 1 63 |
| 341 1 74 |
| 327 1 56 |
| 347 10 86 |
| 328 10 85 0.57 |
| 324 1 45 |
| 333 10 98 0.88 |
| 338 10 98 0.72 |
| 332 10 98 0.83 |
| 337 1 16 |
| 331 1 13 |
| 336 10 94 1.63 |
| 334 1 5 |
| 339 10 48 8.56 |
| 346 1 0 |
| 326 1 0 |
| 352 1.25 96 0.105 |
| 348 10 95 0.71 |
| 350 10 95 0.205 |
| 240 10 98 0.61 |
| 329 10 91 0.19 |
| 330 10 93 0.99 |
| 353 10 83 2.05 |
| 43 10 99 0.92 |
| 351 1 0 |
| 354 1 7 |
| 14 10 96 0.58 |
| 18 5 97 0.31 |
| ______________________________________ |
Effects on the Antagonism of Endogenous Arginine Vasopressin Antidiuretic (V2) Response in Conscious Rats with Free Access to Water Drinking Before but not During the Experiment:
Male or female normotensive Sprague-Dawley rats (Charles River Laboratories, Inc., Kingston, N.Y.) of 400-450 g body weight were supplied with Laboratory Rodent Feed #5001 (PMI Feeds, Inc., Richmond, Id.) and water ad libitum. On the day of test, rats were placed individually into metabolic cages equipped with stainless steel screens (to separate the feces from the urine) and funnels for collection of urine. Vehicle or reference agent was given at various oral doses. During the test, rats were not provided with water or food. Urine was collected for four hours after dosing of the test compound. At the end of four hours, urine volume was measured. Urinary osmolality was determined using a Fiske One-Ten Osmometer (Fiske Associates, Norwood, Mass. 02062) or an Advanced CRYOMATIC Osmometer, Model 3C2 (Advanced Instruments, Norwood, Mass.). Determinations of Na+, K+ and Cl- ion were carried out using ion specific electrodes in a Beckman SYNCHRON EL-ISE Electrolyte System analyzer. In the following results, increased urine volume and decreased osmolality relative to AVP-control indicates activity. The results of this test on representative compounds of this invention are shown in Table 5.
| TABLE 5 |
| ______________________________________ |
| Rat Urine Volume Data* and Binding Assay to Membranes of Mouse |
| Fibroblast Cell Line ( LV-2) Transfected with the cDNA Expressing |
| the Human V2 Receptor |
| Urine Volume |
| Vasopressin Binding |
| (ml/4 hrs) Human V2 Receptor |
| Example Number |
| 10 mg/kg rat p.o. |
| nM |
| ______________________________________ |
| 372 30.3 15.9 |
| 373 15.6 |
| 374 16.5 |
| 375 44.2 |
| 376 23.8 |
| 377 13.2 4.5 |
| 378 11.7 69.1 |
| 379 18.9 12.3 |
| ______________________________________ |
| *Volume of urine produced in a 4 hour time perion by the oral |
| administration of 10 mg/kg dose to rats. |
The compounds of the present invention can be used in the form of salts derived from pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable acids or bases. These salts include, but are not limited to, the following: salts with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and, as the case may be, such organic acids as acetic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid, and maleic acid. Other salts include salts with alkali metals or alkaline earth metals, such as sodium, potassium, calcium or magnesium or with organic bases. The compounds can also be used in the form of esters, carbamates and other conventional "pro-drug" forms, which, when administered in such form, convert to the active moiety in vivo.
When the compounds are employed for the above utilities, they may be combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, for example, solvents, diluents and the like, and may be administered orally in such forms as tablets, capsules, dispersible powders, granules, or suspensions containing, for example, from about 0.05 to 5% of suspending agent, syrups containing, for example, from about 10 to 50% of sugar, and elixirs containing, for example, from about 20 to 50% ethanol, and the like, or parenterally in the form of sterile injectable solutions or suspensions containing from about 0.05 to 5% suspending agent in an isotonic medium. Such pharmaceutical preparations may contain, for example, from about 25 to about 90% of the active ingredient in combination with the carrier, more usually between about 5% and 60% by weight.
The effective dosage of active ingredient employed may vary depending on the particular compound employed, the mode of administration and the severity of the condition being treated. However, in general, satisfactory results are obtained when the compounds of the invention are administered at a daily dosage of from about 0.5 to about 500 mg/kg of animal body weight, preferably given in divided doses two to four times a day, or in a sustained release form. For most large mammals the total daily dosage is from about 1 to 100 mg, preferably from about 2 to 80 mg. Dosage forms suitable for internal use comprise from about 0.5 to 500 mg of the active compound in intimate admixture with a solid or liquid pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This dosage regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
These active compounds may be administered orally as well as by intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous routes. Solid carriers include starch, lactose, dicalcium phosphate, microcrystalline cellulose, sucrose and kaolin, while liquid carriers include sterile water, polyethylene glycols, non-ionic surfactants and edible oils such as corn, peanut and sesame oils, as are appropriate to the nature of the active ingredient and the particular form of administration desired. Adjuvants customarily employed in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions may be advantageously included, such as flavoring agents, coloring agents, preserving agents, and antioxidants, for example, vitamin E, ascorbic acid, BHT and BHA.
The preferred pharmaceutical compositions from the standpoint of ease of preparation and administration are solid compositions, particularly tablets and hard-filled or liquid-filled capsules. Oral administration of the compounds is preferred.
These active compounds may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally. Solutions or suspensions of these active compounds as a free base or pharmacologically acceptable salt can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant such as hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid, polyethylene glycols and mixtures thereof in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exits. It must be stable under conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacterial and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oil.
The new tricyclic non-peptide vasopressin antagonists of this invention are useful in treating conditions where decreased vasopressin levels are desired, such as in congestive heart failure, in disease conditions with excess renal water reabsorption and in conditions with increased vascular resistance and coronary vasoconstriction.
In particular, the vasopressin antagonists of this invention are therapeutically useful in the treatment and/or prevention of hypertension, cardiac insufficiency, coronary vasospasm, cardiac ischemia, renal vasospasm, liver cirrhosis, congestive heart failure, nephritic syndrome, brain edema, cerebral ischemia, cerebral hemorrhage-stroke, thrombosis-bleeding and abnormal states of water retention.
In particular, the oxytocin antagonists of this invention are useful in the prevention of preterm labor and premature birth which is a significant cause of infant health problems and infant mortality.
Albright, Jay Donald, Sum, Fuk-Wah, Dusza, John P., Venkatesan, Aranapakam M.
| Patent | Priority | Assignee | Title |
| 10017517, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-α]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluorethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 10202393, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-α]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 10202394, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 10344036, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-#a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-#carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 10519164, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3,ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 10550126, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-A]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 10597400, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-n-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carb oxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 10730883, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 10981923, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[l,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 10981924, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 10995095, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-n-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carb oxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11186584, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-n-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11198697, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11365198, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11512092, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-n-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11524964, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-n-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11535624, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-α]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11535625, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11535626, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-n-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1 carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11661425, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11680069, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-n-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11718627, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11767326, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-n-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11773105, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]- pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11773106, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11780847, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1- carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11780848, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-n-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1- carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11787815, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc. | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 11795175, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-n-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 6235900, | Feb 04 1999 | Wyeth | Tricyclic pyridine N-oxides vasopressin agonists |
| 6268360, | Feb 04 1999 | Wyeth | 1H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazipine vasopressin agonists |
| 6297234, | Feb 04 1999 | Wyeth | Arylthiophene vasopressin agonists |
| 6903091, | Apr 12 2001 | Wyeth | Biphenyl vasopressin agonists |
| 7053083, | Apr 12 2001 | Wyeth | Cyclohexylphenyl vasopressin agonists |
| 7223752, | Apr 12 2001 | Wyeth | Biphenyl vasopressin agonists |
| 7271181, | May 11 2001 | VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED | Inhibitors of p38 |
| 7329653, | Apr 12 2001 | Wyeth | Cyclohexylphenyl vasopressin agonists |
| 7465722, | Apr 12 2001 | Wyeth | Biphenyl vasopressin agonists |
| 7517874, | Jun 21 2007 | Cara Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted imidazo[1,5-a][1,4]diazepines and imidazo[1,5-a]pyrazines as cannabinoid receptor agonists for the treatment of pain |
| 7741352, | Mar 11 2003 | NEUROSEARCH A S | KCNQ channel modulating compounds and their pharmaceutical use |
| 8426411, | Dec 01 2009 | AbbVie Inc | Tricyclic compounds |
| 8431565, | Jun 21 2007 | CARA THERAPEUTICS, INC | Substituted imidazoheterocycles |
| 8785639, | Dec 01 2009 | AbbVie Inc | Substituted dihydropyrazolo[3,4-D]pyrrolo[2,3-B]pyridines and methods of use thereof |
| 8859538, | Jun 21 2007 | CARA THERAPEUTICS, INC | Uses of substituted imidazoheterocycles |
| 8962629, | Jun 10 2008 | AbbVie Inc | Tricyclic compounds |
| 9365579, | Jun 10 2008 | AbbVie Inc. | Tricyclic compounds |
| 9879018, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-α]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl and solid state forms thereof |
| 9879019, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-α]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 9951080, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-alpha]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-yl)-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and solid state forms thereof |
| 9963459, | Oct 16 2015 | AbbVie Inc | Processes for the preparation of (3S,4R)-3-ethyl-4-(3H-imidazo[1,2-alpla]pyrrolo[2,3-e]-pyrazin-8-YL)-N-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)pyrrol and solid state forms thereof |
| RE47221, | Dec 01 2009 | AbbVie Inc. | Tricyclic compounds |
| Patent | Priority | Assignee | Title |
| 4766108, | Dec 04 1986 | Smith Kline Beckman Corporation; SMITHKLINE BECKMAN CORPORATION, A CORP OF PA | Tyr-Arg-vasopressin antagonists |
| 5055448, | Jun 25 1987 | Medical College of Ohio; Trustees of Columbia University | Linear derivatives of arginine vasopressin antagonists |
| 5070187, | Nov 03 1989 | Trustees of Boston University | Pharmacologically effective antagonists of arginine-vasopressin |
| 5258510, | |||
| 5516774, | Jul 29 1993 | CARDIOKINE BIOPHARMA, LLC | Tricyclic diazepine vasopressin antagonists and oxytocin antagonists |
| 5536718, | Jan 17 1995 | American Cyanamid Company | Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists |
| EP382185, | |||
| EP470514, | |||
| EP514667, | |||
| EP533240, | |||
| EP533242, | |||
| EP533243, | |||
| EP533244, | |||
| EP620216, | |||
| WO9105549, | |||
| WO9404525, | |||
| WO9412476, | |||
| WO9414796, | |||
| WO9420473, |
| Executed on | Assignor | Assignee | Conveyance | Frame | Reel | Doc |
| Jun 27 1996 | American Cyanamid Company | (assignment on the face of the patent) | / | |||
| Jul 17 1996 | ALBRIGHT, JAY DONALD | American Cyanamid Company | ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS | 008812 | /0307 | |
| Jul 17 1996 | VENKATESAN, ARANAPAKAM M | American Cyanamid Company | ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS | 008812 | /0307 | |
| Jul 17 1996 | DUSZA, JOHN P | American Cyanamid Company | ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS | 008812 | /0307 | |
| Jul 17 1996 | SUM, FUK-WAH | American Cyanamid Company | ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS | 008812 | /0307 |
| Date | Maintenance Fee Events |
| Sep 28 2001 | M183: Payment of Maintenance Fee, 4th Year, Large Entity. |
| Sep 28 2005 | M1552: Payment of Maintenance Fee, 8th Year, Large Entity. |
| Sep 28 2009 | M1553: Payment of Maintenance Fee, 12th Year, Large Entity. |
| Date | Maintenance Schedule |
| May 19 2001 | 4 years fee payment window open |
| Nov 19 2001 | 6 months grace period start (w surcharge) |
| May 19 2002 | patent expiry (for year 4) |
| May 19 2004 | 2 years to revive unintentionally abandoned end. (for year 4) |
| May 19 2005 | 8 years fee payment window open |
| Nov 19 2005 | 6 months grace period start (w surcharge) |
| May 19 2006 | patent expiry (for year 8) |
| May 19 2008 | 2 years to revive unintentionally abandoned end. (for year 8) |
| May 19 2009 | 12 years fee payment window open |
| Nov 19 2009 | 6 months grace period start (w surcharge) |
| May 19 2010 | patent expiry (for year 12) |
| May 19 2012 | 2 years to revive unintentionally abandoned end. (for year 12) |